Exhibit 10.11


 


EXECUTION COPY


 


GE PACKAGED
POWER, INC.

GE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SUCURSAL DE PERU


 


CONTRACT FOR SALE OF


 


EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES


 


EMPRESA ELECTRICA NUEVA ESPERANZA S.R.L.


 


September 26, 2008


 

















 


TABLE OF CONTENTS


 


	
  Article 1

  	
  Definitions

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1.1

  	
  Definitions

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  1.2

  	
  Rules of
  Interpretation

  	
  7

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 2

  	
  Scope of
  Supply

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 3

  	
  Price

  	
  8

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 4

  	
  Options

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 5

  	
  Price
  Adjustment - NOT USED

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 6

  	
  Payments

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.1

  	
  Payment
  Schedule

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.2

  	
  Payment
  Security

  	
  10

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.3

  	
  Effect of
  Changes in Contract Price

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.4

  	
  Field
  Modifications and Offsets

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 7

  	
  Buyer’s
  Obligations

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.1

  	
  Permits

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.2

  	
  Permitting
  Support

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 8

  	
  Title
  Transfer, Delivery, Risk of Loss, Shipment to Storage

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.1

  	
  Title

  	
  11

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.2

  	
  Delivery

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.3

  	
  Risk of Loss

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.4

  	
  Delivery to
  Storage

  	
  12

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 9

  	
  Schedule and
  Liquidated Damages for Delay

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.1

  	
  Drawing
  Liquidated Damages

  	
  13

  



 


i

















 


	
  9.2

  	
  Scheduled
  Delivery Date

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.3

  	
  Scheduled
  Liquidated Damages

  	
  13

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.4

  	
  Limitations

  	
  14

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 10

  	
  Performance
  Guarantees

  	
  14

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 11

  	
  Performance
  Guarantee Testing

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.1

  	
  Performance
  Tests

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.2

  	
  Performance
  Testing

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.3

  	
  Emissions
  Testing

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.4

  	
  Noise
  Testing

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.5

  	
  Cure Period

  	
  15

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.6

  	
  Cost of
  Tests and Re-Tests

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.7

  	
  Degradation

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.8

  	
  Performance
  Credits [Not Used in this Contract]

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 12

  	
  Aggregate
  Limitation on Liquidated Damages

  	
  16

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 13

  	
  Observation,
  Inspection and Factory Test

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13.1

  	
  Observation
  at the Site

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13.2

  	
  Inspections
  and Tests at Seller’s Facilities

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13.3

  	
  Inspections
  and Tests at Suppliers’ Facilities

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13.4

  	
  Advance
  Notice of Intended Readiness To Ship and Inspection

  	
  17

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  13.5

  	
  Inspection
  Not Acceptance

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 14

  	
  Warranty

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  14.1

  	
  Warranty
  Period

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  14.2

  	
  Warranty

  	
  18

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  14.3

  	
  Remedy

  	
  18

  



 


ii

















 


	
  14.4

  	
  Warranty on
  Remedial Work

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  14.5

  	
  Exclusions

  	
  19

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  14.6

  	
  Exclusive
  Remedies and Warranties

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 15

  	
  Taxes

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  15.1

  	
  Seller Taxes

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  15.2

  	
  Buyer Taxes

  	
  20

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  15.3

  	
  Invoices

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  15.4

  	
  Duty
  Drawback

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 16

  	
  Compliance
  with Laws, Codes and Standards

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 17

  	
  Project
  Management

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.1

  	
  Original
  Equipment Definition

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.2

  	
  Order
  Definition Meeting

  	
  21

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.3

  	
  Project
  Manager

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.4

  	
  Automatic
  Release

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.5

  	
  Global
  Sourcing

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  17.6

  	
  Electronic
  Communication

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 18

  	
  Changes

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.1

  	
  Changes
  Resulting from Changes in Codes and Changes in Law

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.2

  	
  Changes and
  Improvements Beyond Scope

  	
  22

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.3

  	
  Buyer-Initiated
  Changes

  	
  23

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.4

  	
  Seller-Initiated
  Changes

  	
  23

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.5

  	
  Contents of
  Draft Change Order

  	
  23

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.6

  	
  Process for
  Concluding Change Order

  	
  24

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  18.7

  	
  Agreement
  Required

  	
  24

  



 


iii

















 


	
  Article 19

  	
  Force
  Majeure Event

  	
  24

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  19.1

  	
  Force
  Majeure Event

  	
  24

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  19.2

  	
  Termination
  for Extended Delay

  	
  26

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 20

  	
  Patents

  	
  26

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  20.1

  	
  Indemnity

  	
  26

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  20.2

  	
  Exclusions

  	
  27

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  20.3

  	
  Remedies

  	
  27

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  20.4

  	
  Sole
  Liability

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 21

  	
  General
  Indemnity

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  21.1

  	
  General
  Indemnity

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  21.2

  	
  Concurrent
  Negligence

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  21.3

  	
  Notice

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  21.4

  	
  “Third
  Parties” Defined

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 22

  	
  Insurance

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  22.1

  	
  Worker’s
  Compensation, General Liability and Automobile Insurance

  	
  28

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  22.2

  	
  ARBR/CAR
  Insurance

  	
  29

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  22.3

  	
  All Risk
  Property Insurance

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  22.4

  	
  Failure to
  Maintain Insurance

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  22.5

  	
  Buyer’s
  Risks

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 23

  	
  Suspension

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  23.1

  	
  Suspension
  by Buyer of Work at Site

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  23.2

  	
  Suspension
  by Buyer of Manufacturing

  	
  30

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  23.3

  	
  Suspension
  by Seller

  	
  31

  



 


iv

















 


	
  Article 24

  	
  Termination
  by Buyer for Convenience

  	
  31

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 25

  	
  Termination
  for Cause

  	
  31

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  25.1

  	
  Grounds for
  Termination by Buyer

  	
  31

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  25.2

  	
  Remedy in
  the Event of Termination by Buyer

  	
  32

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  25.3

  	
  Grounds for
  Termination by Seller

  	
  32

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  25.4

  	
  Remedy in
  the Event of Termination by Seller

  	
  33

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 26

  	
  Limitation
  of Liability

  	
  33

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.1

  	
  Limitation

  	
  33

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.2

  	
  Consequential
  Damages

  	
  33

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.3

  	
  Sale,
  Transfer, Assignment to Third Party

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.4

  	
  Gratuitous
  Advice

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.5

  	
  Limitations
  to Prevail

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.6

  	
  Limitation
  of Remedies; Overriding Effect

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  26.7

  	
  Obligation
  to Mitigate

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 27

  	
  Proprietary
  Information

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  27.1

  	
  Information
  Subject to Restriction

  	
  34

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  27.2

  	
  Obligations
  of Receiving Party

  	
  35

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  27.3

  	
  Disclosure
  Pursuant to Legal Process

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  27.4

  	
  Intellectual
  Property

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  27.5

  	
  Disclosure
  by Buyer

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 28

  	
  Software
  License

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  28.1

  	
  Grant of
  License

  	
  36

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  28.2

  	
  Third-Party
  Software

  	
  37

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  28.3

  	
  Limitations

  	
  37

  



 


v

















 


	
  Article 29

  	
  Personal
  Data Protection

  	
  37

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 30

  	
  Export
  Control

  	
  37

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  30.1

  	
  Export
  Controls

  	
  37

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  30.2

  	
  Buyer to
  Keep Informed

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  30.3

  	
  Weapons

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 31

  	
  Assignment
  and Change in Control

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  31.1

  	
  Consent
  Required

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  31.2

  	
  Seller’s
  Right to Assign

  	
  38

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  31.3

  	
  Successors
  and Assigns

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  31.4

  	
  Change in
  Control of Buyer

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 32

  	
  Dispute
  Resolution

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  32.1

  	
  Referral to
  Senior Management

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  32.2

  	
  Venue

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  32.3

  	
  Equitable
  Remedies

  	
  39

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 33

  	
  Governing
  Law

  	
  40

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 34

  	
  Direct
  Agreements

  	
  40

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 35

  	
  Effective
  Date

  	
  40

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 36

  	
  Seller
  Performance Security

  	
  40

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 37

  	
  Entire
  Agreement

  	
  41

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Article 38

  	
  Representations

  	
  41

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  38.1

  	
  Seller
  Representations

  	
  41

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  38.2

  	
  Buyer Representations

  	
  42

  



 


vi

















 


	
  Article 39

  	
  Miscellaneous
  Provisions

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  39.1

  	
  Third-Party
  Beneficiaries

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  39.2

  	
  Survival

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  39.3

  	
  Non-Waiver

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  39.4

  	
  Invalidity

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  39.5

  	
  No Nuclear
  Use

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  39.6

  	
  Counterparts

  	
  43

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 1
  - Equipment Scope of Supply

  	
  46

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 2
  - Schedule Options

  	
  60

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 3
  - Lien Waiver Form

  	
  63

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 4
  - Scheduled Delivery Date(s)

  	
  65

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 5
  - Test Procedures and Protocol

  	
  67

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 6
  - Stamped Guarantee Sheet

  	
  68

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 7
  - Services and Special Conditions For On-Site Services (Technical Advisory
  Services Only)

  	
  69

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 8
  - Drawing List & Schedule

  	
  75

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 9
  - Payment Schedule

  	
  81

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment
  10 - Form of Comfort Letter

  	
  82

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment
  11 - Degradation Table

  	
  83

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment
  12 - Termination Schedule

  	
  84

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment
  13 - Start Up and Commissioning Spares

  	
  85

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment
  14 - GE Parent Guaranty

  	
  86

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment
  15 - Form of Standby Letter of Credit

  	
  87

  



 


vii
















 


THIS CONTRACT FOR SALE OF EQUIPMENT AND
SERVICES (this “Contract”) is entered into as of the Effective Date
by and between:


 


CONSORTIUM OF GE PACKAGED POWER, INC. (GEPPI),
a Delaware corporation, having a principal place of business at 1333 West Loop
South, Houston, Texas 77027 USA; and GE
INTERNATIONAL INC. SUCURSAL DE PERU (GEII), a general partnership,
having a principal place of business at Av. Larco 1301 - Oficina, 1902 Torre
Parque Mar, Miraflores 18, Peru (herein referred to collectively as “GE” or “Seller”);
and


 


EMPRESA
ELECTRICA NUEVA ESPERANZA S.R.L., a Peruvian limited
liability partnership, having a principal place of business at Av. Victor A.
Belaunde No 147 Int.; 703 Edificio Real 6 San Isidro Lima, Peru (the “Buyer”),


 


The Buyer and the Seller are referred to
herein, individually, as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties”.


 


RECITALS


 


WHEREAS, the Seller, GEPPI, manufactures,
supplies and provides the type of power generation equipment described in
Attachment 1;


 


WHEREAS, the Seller, General Electric
International, Inc. Sucursal de Peru, provides services in support of the
installation of such equipment as described in Attachment 7; and


 


WHEREAS, the Buyer desires to purchase, and
the Seller desires to sell the Equipment, together with certain installation
support and Training Services in connection with Buyer’s Project located in the
vicinity of Caleta Cruz, northwestern Peru (the “Facility”), all subject to the
terms set forth herein;


 


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
mutual promises stated herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:


 


Article 1                                               Definitions


 


1.1                               Definitions


 


As used
in this Contract, the following terms have the meanings indicated:


 


(a.)                               “Advance
Notice of Intended Readiness to Ship” shall have the meaning ascribed in Section 13.4.


 


(b.)                              “Affiliate”
shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with a Party. 
For the purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of the controlled entity, 


 


1

















 


whether through the ownership of voting
securities or partnership or other ownership interests or by contract or
otherwise.


 


(c.)                               “BPZ
Resources, Inc. Guaranty” shall mean a guarantee of Buyer’s remaining
payment obligations under the Contract in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Seller.


 


(d.)                              “Buyer”
shall mean the entity so identified in the foreword of this Contract.


 


(e.)                               “Buyer
Taxes” shall mean all taxes, duties, fees, or other charges of any nature
(including, but not limited to, ad valorem, consumption, excise, franchise,
gross receipts, import, license, property, sales, stamp, storage, transfer,
turnover, use, or value-added taxes, and any and all items of withholding,
deficiency, penalty, addition to tax, interest, or assessment related thereto),
other than Seller Taxes, imposed by any governmental authority of any country
on Seller and Buyer or its respective employees, Subcontractors or Suppliers
due to the execution of any agreement or the performance of or payment for Work
hereunder.  Equipment exported from the
United States are presumed to be exempt from Buyer Taxes levied within the
United States, expect as provided in Article 15 of this Contract.  When requested by Seller, Buyer agrees to
furnish without charge evidence of tax or duty exemption acceptable to the
taxing or customs authorities. 
Furthermore, if Buyer arranges for export shipment, Buyer agrees to
provide Seller, without charge, an export bill of lading.


 


(f.)                                 “Change
in Control” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following
events:


 


(i)            BPZ
Resources, Inc. shall cease to be the indirect beneficial owner of a
majority of the equity interest of Buyer;


 


(ii)           General
Electric Company shall cease to be the indirect owner of a majority of the
equity interest in either of the Sellers;


 


(iii)          any
sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of
related transactions) of a majority of the operating assets of the Seller to
any entity.


 


(g.)                              “Change
in Law” shall mean a change to a Law, or a change in the interpretation or
application of a Law by the cognizant executive or judicial authorities
occurring after the Effective Date.


 


(h.)                              “Change
Order” shall mean a written agreement to change the Equipment or Services
which describes the change, identifies the writing as a Change Order, sets out
adjustments, if any, in this Contract Price and any other provision of this
Contract which is affected, and is signed by the Parties.


 


(i.)                                  “Codes
and Standards” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 16 of this
Contract.


 


2

















 


(j.)                                  “COES”
shall mean the Comité de Operación Económica del Sistema,
which coordinates dispatch for the system to which the Project is to be
interconnected.


 


(k.)                               “Contract
Currency” shall mean the currency in which this Contract Price is stated.


 


(l.)                                  “Contract
Price” shall mean the total firm price as consideration for the Equipment
and the Services, as set forth in Article 3 of this Contract, and as may
be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Contract.


 


(m.)                            “Customer
Collaboration System” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 17.6
of this Contract.


 


(n.)                              “Data
Subject” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 29 of this
Contract.


 


(o.)                              “Day”or”Days”
shall mean a calendar day, including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, except
that in the event that an obligation is due for performance on a Saturday,
Sunday or national legal holiday of any country where an obligation pursuant to
this Contract is due to be performed, the obligation shall be deemed due on the
next day thereafter when business is regularly conducted in such location.


 


(p.)                              “Delivery”
shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 8.2 of this Contract.


 


(q.)                              “Direct
Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 34 of this
Contract.


 


(r.)                                 “Documentation”
shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 28 of this Contract.


 


(s.)                               “Down
Payment” shall mean the initial payment described in Article 6.1 of
this Contract.


 


(t.)                                 “EBITDAX”
shall be defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization,
and exploratory expenses as reported in the unaudited financial statements
provided by Buyer’s parent company, BPZ Resources, Inc., pursuant to US
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.


 


(u.)                              “Effective
Date” shall mean the date described in Article 35 of this Contract.


 


(v.)                              “Eligible
Assignee” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 31.1 of this
Contract.


 


(w.)                            “EPC
Contractor” shall mean such general contractor engaged by Buyer to install
the Equipment and construct the Project.


 


(x.)                                “Equipment”
shall mean all of the equipment described in the “Equipment” portion of Article 2,
Scope of Supply.


 


3

















 


(y.)                              “Facility”
shall have the meaning ascribed in the Recitals of this Contract.


 


(z.)                                “Force
Majeure” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 19 of this
Contract.


 


(aa.)                         “Governing
Law” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 33 of this Contract.


 


(bb.)                       “Indemnified
Party” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 21 of this Contract.


 


(cc.)                         “Indemnifying
Party” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 21 of this Contract.


 


(dd.)                       “Law”or”Laws”
shall mean those laws, regulations, decrees or similar orders with mandatory
effect issued by the legislative, judicial or executive branch of any relevant
government, in effect as of the Effective Date to the extent such laws,
regulations, decrees or similar orders are applicable to the scope of this
Contract.


 


(ee.)                         “Lenders”
shall mean the lenders (as defined in the financing agreements made or to be made
between Buyer and each party named therein as a financing party) and any and
all lenders providing interim or long term financing or credit support in
relation to the Project and any trustee or agent acting on their behalf.  “Lenders” shall not include Buyer, but shall
include Affiliates of Buyer or such Affiliates’ lenders providing financing or
credit support, other than equity, to Buyer (including via on-lending through
an Affiliate) in connection with the ownership, development, construction,
operation, or maintenance of the Project.


 


(ff.)                             “Local
Laws” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 16 of this Contract.


 


(gg.)                       “Major
Components” shall mean the turbine with its base, the generator with its
base, the air intake system components, and the main auxiliary skid containing
the gas turbine lube oil reservoir and starting system.


 


(hh.)                       “Minimum
Performance Guarantees” shall mean ninety-five percent (95%) of the
Performance Guarantee for output and one hundred and five percent (105%) of the
Performance Guarantee for heat rate.


 


(ii.)                               “Must
Meet Remedy” is an obligation on the part of Seller to repair or replace
the Equipment or Unit so that the Equipment or Unit meets a designated
performance criteria (e.g., the Minimum Performance Guarantees and the
Performance Guarantees for emissions and noise).


 


(jj.)                               “National
Laws” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 16 of this Contract.


 


(kk.)                         “Notice
of Readiness to Ship” shall mean Seller’s written notice of Readiness to
Ship.


 


(ll.)                               “On-Site
Services” are described in Attachment 7  to this
Contract.


 


4

















 


(mm.)                   “Operational Spare Parts” shall mean those parts that the Buyer may
elect to purchase as a Change Order to this Contract for the purpose of supporting
operational reliability.


 


(nn.)                       “Order
Definition Meeting” shall mean a project kick-off meeting between the
Seller’s project execution team and the Buyer’s project team.


 


(oo.)                       “Options”
shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 4 of this Contract.


 


(pp.)                       “Owner”
shall mean that corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or
individual which owns the facility in which the Equipment will be installed.


 


(qq.)                       “Party”and”Parties”
shall have the meanings ascribed in the foreword to this Contract.


 


(rr.)                             “Payment
Schedule” shall mean the schedule of payments described in Article 6.1.


 


(ss.)                         “Payment
Security” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 6.2 of this
Contract.


 


(tt.)                             “Performance
Guarantees” shall mean the guaranteed values identified on the Stamped
Guarantee Sheet attached hereto as Attachment 6.


 


(uu.)                       “Personal
Data” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 29 of this Contract.


 


(vv.)                       “Project”
shall mean Buyer’s power generation project.


 


(ww.)                   “Readiness
to Ship (RTS)” shall mean, subject to Sections 8.2 and 13.4, the Unit has
been assembled and packaged through Seller’s manufacturing process, completed
factory testing, completed dress out process, export packed, completed packing
list and has been verified by Seller as meeting all of Seller’s quality control
procedures and inspections.


 


(xx.)                           “Scheduled
Delivery Date(s)” shall mean the date(s) by which Seller will provide
Notice of Readiness to Ship for the relevant Unit(s), as set forth in
Attachment 4 hereto.


 


(yy.)                       “Scope
of Supply” shall mean the Equipment plus the Services, as set forth in
Attachment 1, Scope of Supply.


 


(zz.)                           “Seller”
shall mean the entity so identified in the foreword to this Contract.


 


(aaa.)                   “Seller
Taxes” shall mean corporate and individual taxes that are measured by net
income or profit imposed by any governmental authority of any country on
Seller, its employees, Subcontractors or Suppliers due to the execution of any
agreement or the performance of or payment for Work hereunder, except in the
case of 


 


5

















 


withholding tax for income on payments to
Seller which is addressed in Article 15 of the Contract.


 


(bbb.)                “Services”
shall mean, to the extent applicable, all of the those services described in
the “Services” portion of Attachment 1, “Scope of Supply”, and Attachment 7 “Services
and Special Conditions for On-Site Services”.


 


(ccc.)                   “Site”
shall mean the location of the Project and place where the Equipment will be
installed, as indicated in the Recitals to this Contract.


 


(ddd.)                “Site
Conditions” shall have the meaning ascribed in Attachment 1 of this
Contract.


 


(eee.)                   “Software”
means a computer program or compilation of data that is fixed in any tangible
medium of expression, or any storage medium from which the program may be
perceived, reproduced or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the
aid of a machine or device, and shall include without limitation any of Seller’s
proprietary operating software, provided for the ordinary operation of the Equipment,
any optional software to enhance the operation of the Equipment, as well as any
upgrades or revisions of this material the Seller provides in fulfillment of a
specific written commitment or otherwise.


 


(fff.)                         “Spare
Parts” Shall mean those certain start up and commissioning spares provided
by Seller pursuant to this Contract, for which a typical list is included in
Attachment 13.


 


(ggg.)                “Standby Letter
of Credit” shall mean a standby letter of credit generally in accordance
with the Seller’s form attached as Attachment 15.


 


(hhh.)                “State Laws”
shall be those state Laws that are:


 


(i)                                     identified
by Buyer in Attachment 1, Scope of Supply,


 


(ii)                                  in
effect as of the Effective Date, and


 


(iii)                               agreed to be
incorporated into the manufacturing of the Unit(s) by Seller.  If no State Laws are set forth in Attachment
1 and agreed to by Seller, the manufacturing process shall not incorporate any
consideration of State Laws.


 


(iii.)                            “Subcontractor(s)”
shall mean any corporation, partnership, or individual having a contract with
the Seller to supply labor or other services to be performed at the Site in
connection with this Contract.


 


(jjj.)                            “Supplier(s)”
shall mean any corporation, partnership, or individual having a contract with
the Seller to supply material, equipment, labor, goods, or services to the
Seller in connection with its obligations under this Contract, other than labor
or other services to be performed at the Site.


 


6

















 


(kkk.)                   “Termination
Schedule” shall mean the schedule of termination charges described in
Attachment 12 of this Contract.


 


(lll.)                            “Unit”
shall mean a single gas turbine and its associated generator, together with
those accessories associated only with that gas turbine generator package.


 


(mmm.)          “Unit Price”
shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 3 of this Contract.


 


(nnn.)                “Unimpeded
Access” shall mean that during any period in which the Seller is entitled
to access to any Unit in accordance with this Contract, the Buyer shall ensure
that  (1) the necessary fuels,
lubricants, operating supplies and third party interconnections are
continuously available; (2) the Buyer’s trained operators are available
for operation of the unit; (3) the Buyer will operate portions or all of
the plant at the times and at the loads reasonably requested by the Seller;
provided, however, that Buyer’s operation of a Unit shall be subject to and
coordinated with the requirements of system dispatch and COES; (4) the
Seller will have unimpaired access to all plant work areas, station cranes and
similar equipment; and; (5) a copy of the control room log is available to
the Seller; provided, however, that Seller’s access to a Unit as provided in
this Contract shall be upon five (5) Days prior notice to Buyer and shall
be scheduled so as to minimize interference with Buyer’s operation and
maintenance of the other Units and other plant work areas.


 


(ooo.)                “Warranty
Period” shall have the meaning ascribed in Article 14.1 of this
Contract.


 


(ppp.)                “Work”
shall mean the procurement, fabrication, and supply of the Equipment and the
performance of the Services, and any corrective actions undertaken pursuant to
the Warranty in Article 14.


 


1.2                               Rules of
Interpretation


 


The following to rules of
interpretation shall apply in construction of this Contract.  Unless otherwise required by the context in
which any term appears:


 


(a.)                               Capitalized
terms used in this Contract have the meanings specified in this Article, or as
otherwise defined in this Contract;


 


(b.)                              The
singular shall include the plural;


 


(c.)                               The
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” shall refer to this Contract as a
whole and not to any particular article or sub-article of this Contract;


 


(d.)                              References
to this Contract shall include a reference to all appendices, attachments,
annexes, schedules and exhibits hereto, as the same may be amended, modified,
supplemented or replaced from time to time;


 


(e.)                               The
words “include,” “includes” and “including” are not limiting;


 


7

















 


(f.)                                 Any
consent to be given by either Party hereto hereunder shall not be unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned, except as explicitly stated to the contrary
herein; and


 


(g.)                              References
to any agreement, document or instrument shall mean a reference to such
agreement, document or instrument as the same may be amended, modified,
supplemented or replaced from time to time.


 


Article 2                                               Scope
of Supply


 


GEPPI shall manufacture and deliver the
Equipment and GEII shall perform the associated Services, all as more fully
described in Attachment 1, Equipment Scope of Supply, and Attachment 7,
Services and Special Conditions For On-Site Services (Technical Advisory
Services Only) subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in this
Contract. The Equipment includes three Unit(s).


 


Article 3                                               Price


 


The Buyer shall pay to the Seller the
following “Contract Price” in consideration of the Equipment and Services
(except Technical Advisory Services which shall be priced according to
Attachment 7):


 


“Contract Price”(Total in U.S. Dollars) = $51,465,000 

Pricing Breakdown:


 


GENERAL ELECTRIC PACKAGED POWER INC.


 


	
  Unit

  	
   

  	
  Equipment

  	
   

  	
  Subtotal (U.S. Dollars)

  	
   

  	
  “Unit Price(s)” (U.S. Dollars)

  	
   

  
	
  1

  	
   

  	
  Gas
  Turbine Generator Set

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000

  	
   

  	
  Unit 1 =
  $17,155,000

  	
   

  
	
  2

  	
   

  	
  Gas Turbine
  Generator Set

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000

  	
   

  	
  Unit 2 =
  $17,155,000

  	
   

  
	
  3

  	
   

  	
  Gas
  Turbine Generator Set

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000

  	
   

  	
  Unit 3 =
  $17,155,000

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Total
  Contract Price:

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  51,465,000

  	
   

  
										



 


General Electric International, Inc.
Sucursal de Peru


 


	
  Services

  	
   

  	
  Subtotal (U.S. Dollars)

  	
   

  	
  “Price(s)” (U.S. Dollars)

  	
   

  
	
  Technical Advisory Services

  	
   

  	
  Field
  service rate sheet in effect at time of service

  	
   

  	
  Field
  service rate sheet in effect at time of service

  	
   

  



 


The Contract Price is stated exclusive of
sales, VAT or other applicable taxes, which will be added at the time of
invoicing.  The Contract Price per Unit
includes a price of $15,000 USD for all software licenses.  The Contract Price shall be adjusted as
necessary to take account of:


 


8

















 


(a.)                               Change
Orders, including those related to the exercise of Options (as defined in Article 4
below); or


 


(b.)                              other
adjustments specifically provided for in this Contract.


 


Payment shall be made in accordance with the
Payment Schedule set forth in Article 6.1 and in accordance with the
payment terms and conditions set forth in Article 6 of this Contract.


 


Article 4                                               Options


 


The Buyer shall have the right to exercise
options to purchase the additional Equipment or Services which have been
previously and specifically quoted to Buyer and which are described in the
Schedule of Options attached to this Contract as Attachment 2 (the “Options”)
within the times and at the prices therein stated.  If any Option is exercised in writing prior
to the option exercise deadline(s) set forth in Attachment 2, the Contract
Price will be automatically adjusted as set forth in the Schedule of Options
and the associated Payment Schedule and Delivery Schedule shall be set forth in
a mutually executed Change Order.


 


Article 5                                               Price
Adjustment - NOT USED


 


Article 6                                               Payments


 


6.1                               Payment
Schedule


 


Payments shall be made as set forth in the
Payment Schedule.  For those payments
tied to calendar months, payments, after the Down Payment, shall be due and
payable on the fifteenth Day of the calendar month as indicated in the Payment
Schedule, remitted via wire transfer. 
Seller will provide invoices to Buyer thirty (30) Days in advance of the
payment due date.  If the fifteenth Day
of the month falls on a weekend or holiday, the payment shall be due on the
next business Day after the fifteenth. Wire transfer instructions shall be
provided on each invoice.  Late payments
shall be subject to an interest charge equal to two percent (2%) in excess of
the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, at that time,
compounded on an monthly basis.


 


The GEII’s fees for Technical Support
Services may be invoiced monthly for the Services performed in the prior month
and payment shall be due and payable net thirty (30) days from the date of
Seller’s invoice.


 


For those RTS milestones, invoices shall be
issued on completion of the milestone and payment shall be due and payable net
five (5) Days from the date of the Seller’s invoice.  Subject to the Payment Schedule in Attachment
9, an initial payment (the “Down Payment”) is to be paid the next business Day
following the Effective Date.  It is
understood and agreed if the Seller completes the Readiness to Ship milestone
for the first Unit in advance of what is indicated on the Payment Schedule, in
no event shall the Buyer be required to make payment for such milestone prior
to the milestone date identified on the Payment Schedule included in Attachment
9.  It is also understood and agreed that
if Seller completes to Readiness to Ship milestone for the second or third
Units in advance of what is indicated on the Payment Schedule, in no event
shall the Buyer be required to make payment for such milestone prior to thirty
(30) Days from the milestone date identified on the Payment Schedule included
in Attachment 9.


 


9

















 


6.2                               Payment
Security


 


Buyer shall provide Seller with payment
security in the form of a Comfort Letter from one or more of the Lenders
substantially consistent with the form and substance included in Attachment
10.  This Comfort Letter shall be
provided on or before December 15, 2008.


 


Should Buyer fail to timely make progress
payments due prior to December 15, 2008, or fail to provide the Comfort
Letter by December 15, 2008, Buyer shall provide a BPZ Resources, Inc.
Guaranty on or before December 18, 2008, provided that the financial test
below has been met:


 


(a.)                               EBITDAX as
measured from the three (3) month period ending October 31st, 2008 is
equal to or greater than 2.25 times the sum of the payments due for the period
between January and March of 2009. 
For the purpose of this calculation, exploratory expenses shall not
exceed $5,000,000 USD.


 


In the event that the Buyer fails to provide
the Comfort Letter by December 15, 2008 and is unable to provide the BPZ
Resources, Inc. Guaranty by December 18, 2008 because the above
financial test has not been met, then Buyer shall provide Seller with a Standby
Letter of Credit in accordance with the below provisions:


 


(b.)                              A
Standby Letter of Credit issued or confirmed by a United States or Western
European bank reasonably acceptable to Seller, generally in accordance with the
Seller’s form attached as Attachment 15, which Standby Letter of Credit shall
be established by the Buyer and shall become operative within (30) thirty Days
after Seller has requested Buyer to provide the Standby Letter of Credit
pursuant to the above. The Standby Letter of Credit established by the Buyer
shall provide for Seller’s ability to make partial drawings pro rata on partial
deliveries.  Buyer will increase the
amount(s) and/or extend the validity period(s) and/or post an
additional Standby Letter of Credit within thirty (30) days of Seller’s
provision to Buyer of documentation showing that such is necessary to secure
payments to become due. In the event of any refinancing or additional
financings providing funding for the Project, Buyer may replace the current
Standby Letter of Credit with a replacement Standby Letter of Credit and Seller
shall cooperate with Buyer in such event by promptly taking all actions on its
part necessary for the cancellation of the current Standby Letter of
Credit.  If Buyer is initially prevented
from providing the BPZ Resources, Inc. Guaranty because the financial test
has not been met, and is required to provide the Standby Letter of Credit, then
should Buyer’s EBITDAX as measured for any subsequent three (3) month
period equal or exceed 2.25 times the sum of the payments due for the next
three (3) month period, Buyer shall be entitled to cancel the Standby
Letter of Credit and provide the BPZ Resources, Inc. Guaranty in lieu
thereof.  The Standby Letter of Credit
shall not be cancelled until such time that the BPZ Resources, Inc.
Guaranty has been provided.


 


At such time that Buyer provides a Comfort
Letter to Seller, it shall have no further obligations to provide or maintain
either the BPZ Resources, Inc. Guaranty or the Standby Letter of Credit.


 


10

















 


6.3                               Effect
of Changes in Contract Price


 


If any adjustment results in an increase to
the Contract Price, Buyer shall pay for the increase in accordance with the
corresponding invoice submitted by Seller. 
If any adjustment results in a decrease in the Contract Price, payments
previously made shall be retained by the Seller and will be applied to
subsequent payments as they become due.


 


6.4                               Field
Modifications and Offsets


 


Seller shall not be responsible for back
charges or field modifications performed by Buyer unless Seller authorizes such
charges in writing prior to the incurrence thereof and Buyer specifically
waives any right of set-off relating to such charges.  Any claim or set-off for back charges shall
be accompanied by a copy of such written authorization.  In no event shall Buyer offset any amounts
due under this Contract by amounts that may be due Buyer from Seller or any of
its Affiliates under any other agreement, judgment or order.  Buyer may elect to offset amounts due under
this Contract, pursuant to Section 9.3, against future progress payments
under the Payment Schedule.


 


Article 7                                               Buyer’s
Obligations


 


7.1                               Permits


 


The Buyer shall be responsible for timely
obtaining all environmental and use permits, all other licenses (including but
not limited to export licenses, import licenses), exemptions, permits,
authorizations, approvals, local building and construction permits, and
easements necessary for the construction and operation of the Facility, and
shall be responsible for any additional costs, fees or fines arising from any
delay or failure to obtain such permits, licenses, exemptions, authorizations
or approvals, even though any such permits, licenses, exemptions,
authorizations or approvals may be applied for by Seller.  Buyer shall reasonably support Seller in it’s
efforts to obtain any foreign exchange permits and work permits related to
Services.


 


7.2                               Permitting
Support


 


The Seller shall provide reasonable
assistance to the Buyer in its endeavors relating to the permitting of the Site
and reasonably cooperate by providing information and support during any
hearings in the process of obtaining the permits.  In undertaking such assistance, the Seller
shall not be obligated to incur out-of-pocket costs and expenses without
reimbursement from the Buyer.  Seller
shall not be liable if any permits, licenses, exemptions, authorizations or
approvals are delayed, denied, revoked, restricted or not renewed and Buyer
shall not be relieved thereby of its obligations under this Contract, including
paying Seller for the Equipment.


 


Article 8                                               Title
Transfer, Delivery, Risk of Loss, Shipment to Storage


 


8.1                               Title


 


Title to each portion of the Equipment,
Services or any spare parts under this Contract shall transfer from the Seller
to the Buyer as follows:


 


11

















 


(a.)                               Title
to Equipment shall pass from the Seller to the Buyer immediately at Seller’s
Delivery (pursuant to Section 8.2) of the Equipment Ex Works Seller’s
Houston Manufacturing Facility (Incoterms 2000).


 


(b.)                              Title
to Services shall pass to the Buyer as performed.


 


(c.)                               Title
to Operational Spare parts to be exported from the United States of America
shall pass from the Seller to the Buyer upon the earlier of the Seller having
received payment or immediately after each item departs from the territorial
land, seas and overlying airspace of the United States.


 


For the purposes of this Article, the
territorial seas of the United States shall be deemed to extend to twelve (12)
nautical miles from the baseline of the country determined in accordance with
the 1982 United Nations Convention of the Law of the Sea.


 


Upon receipt of Buyer’s final payment for
each Unit, Seller shall deliver a final 
(one-time) lien waiver for each Unit in the form of Attachment 3 to this
Contract within three (3) Days of its receipt of such payment.


 


8.2                               Delivery


 


The Seller shall make the Equipment available
for Buyer’s pick up and shipment Ex Works Seller’s Houston Manufacturing
Facility (Incoterms 2000) (“Delivery”) upon issuance of Notice of Readiness to
Ship.  The Seller shall make Delivery of
each Unit by the date set forth in the Scheduled Delivery Date(s) as set
forth in Attachment 4.


 


8.3                               Risk
of Loss


 


With respect to each item of Equipment, risk
of loss shall pass to the Buyer upon the earlier of:


 


(a.)                               Delivery;
or


 


(b.)                              Shipment
to storage if permitted under the terms of this Contract.


 


8.4                               Delivery
to Storage


 


If any part of the Equipment cannot be
delivered to the Buyer when ready due to any cause solely attributable to the
Buyer or due to a Force Majeure Event pursuant to Article 18.1, the Seller
may ship such Equipment to storage in Houston, Texas, such storage being in
accordance with the original equipment manufacturers’ recommendations, and any
technical specifications or other instructions provided by the Seller.  If such Equipment is placed in storage,
including storage at the facility where manufactured, the following conditions
shall apply:


 


(a.)                               title
and risk of loss shall thereupon pass to the Buyer if it had not already
passed;


 


(b.)                              any
amounts otherwise payable to the Seller upon Delivery or shipment shall be
payable upon presentation of the Seller’s invoice(s);


 


12

















 


(c.)                               all
expenses incurred by the Seller, such as for preparation for and placement into
storage, handling, inspection, preservation, storage, removal charges and any
taxes shall be payable by the Buyer upon submission of the Seller’s invoice(s);
and


 


(d.)                              when
conditions permit and upon payment of all amounts due hereunder, the Seller shall
resume Delivery of the Equipment.


 


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, storage and shipment to storage is the sole and direct
responsibility of the Buyer and the Seller shall not assume any liability
associated therewith, except if Seller delivers such Equipment to storage which
is unsuitable for providing the storage conditions specified in the first
sentence of this Section 8.4, and Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold
Seller harmless for any damages, costs, expenses and fees, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees associated therewith. 
Any Seller invoicing or collection related to shipment is only a service
provided to the Buyer and represents no direct or indirect responsibility
associated with storage.


 


Article 9                                               Schedule
and Liquidated Damages for Delay


 


9.1                               Drawing
Liquidated Damages


 


The Seller shall submit the drawings and
design information listed in Attachment 8 for Buyer review and
information.  Those drawings identified,
as “LD Drawings” in Attachment 8 shall be subject to late delivery liquidated
damages, not as a penalty, a sum of $500 per drawing per Day. The Seller’s
aggregate liability hereunder for drawing submittal delay liquidated damages
shall not exceed $250,000.  The
liquidated damages for delay in submitting the drawings shall be the Buyer’s
exclusive remedy for and the Seller’s sole obligation arising out of delayed
drawing submittals.


 


9.2                               Scheduled
Delivery Date


 


The Seller shall provide the Notice of
Readiness to Ship for each Unit by the date(s) set forth in the Scheduled
Delivery Date(s) schedule attached to this Contract as Attachment 4.


 


9.3                               Scheduled
Liquidated Damages


 


If any of the Units are not delivered on or
before their respective Scheduled Delivery Date(s), for reasons not excused
elsewhere in this Contract, the Seller shall pay Buyer as liquidated damages,
and not as a penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with the table below,
until actual Delivery of that Unit:


 


	
  Days

  	
   

  	
  Liquidated Damages

  
	
  1+

  	
   

  	
  $7,000 per full Day per Unit

  



 


13
















 


9.4                               Limitations


 


The Seller’s aggregate liability per Unit
hereunder for liquidated damages for delay in Delivery of Units shall not
exceed ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price. 
The liquidated damages for delay in Delivery of Units shall be the Buyer’s
exclusive remedy for and the Seller’s sole obligations arising out of delay.


 


Notwithstanding the foregoing, such
liquidated damages shall not be deemed to relieve Seller of its obligations
under Article 14 or under Article 10 with respect to defective Equipment
or Services and Buyer shall be entitled to pursue all remedies available to it
under these provisions.


 


Article 10                                        Performance
Guarantees


 


When tested in accordance with Attachment 5,
Test Procedures and Protocol, and subject to the conditions specified in
Attachment 6 and Attachment 7, the Seller guarantees that the Equipment will
achieve the output, heat rate, emissions levels, and near field noise levels,
set forth in the Stamped Guarantee Sheet attached hereto as Attachment 6 (the “Performance
Guarantees”).  If the performance of any
Unit achieves the Minimum Performance Guarantees, but fails to achieve the
output or heat rate Performance Guarantees after the final performance test
provided for in Article 11 below, the Seller shall pay to the Buyer as
liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, a sum calculated in accordance with
the table below for each Unit that fails to achieve the output or heat rate
Performance Guarantees:


 


	
  Criterion

  	
   

  	
  Liquidated Damages

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Output

  	
   

  	
  $785 for
  each kW below the applicable Performance Guarantee

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Heat Rate

  	
   

  	
  $ 13,550 for each btu/kWh (LHV) above the applicable Performance
  Guarantee

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Guaranteed Emissions

  	
   

  	
  Liquidated damages not applicable. In lieu of any damages, Seller has
  a duty to adjust and repair the Unit until the Performance Guarantee for
  emissions is met during a one-time test. (a Must Meet Remedy).

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Near Field Noise Emissions

  	
   

  	
  Liquidated damages not applicable. In lieu of any damages, Seller has
  a duty to adjust and repair the Unit until the Performance Guarantee for near
  field noise emissions is met during a one-time test. (a Must Meet Remedy).

  



 


The Seller’s aggregate liability per Unit
hereunder for liquidated damages for failure to achieve the output Performance
Guarantee shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Unit Price of the Unit(s) giving
rise to such claim. The Seller’s aggregate liability per Unit hereunder for
liquidated damages for failure to achieve the heat rate Performance Guarantee
shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Unit Price of the Unit(s) giving
rise to such claim. The liquidated damages for failure to achieve the
Performance Guarantees and the corrective action to be taken by the Seller for
deficiencies in performance shall be the Buyer’s exclusive remedies for and the
Seller’s sole obligations arising out of such deficiencies.


 


In addition to the Performance Guarantees for
output and heat rate, when tested in accordance with Attachment 5 and subject
to the conditions set forth in Attachment 6 and Attachment 7, the 


 


14

















 


Seller guarantees that each Unit will meet
the Minimum Performance Guarantees.  If
when first so tested, a Unit fails to meet the Minimum Performance Guarantees,
the Seller shall have a continuing obligation to adjust and repair the Unit(s) until
the Minimum Performance Guarantees are met (“Must Meet Remedy”); provided,
however, that Buyer may give notice under Section 25.1(d).


 


Notwithstanding the foregoing, such
liquidated damages shall not be deemed to relieve Seller of its obligations
under Article 14 with respect to defective Equipment or Services and Buyer
shall be entitled to pursue all remedies available to it under this Article.


 


All Performance Guarantees must be met simultaneously.


 


Article 11                                        Performance
Guarantee Testing


 


11.1                        Performance
Tests


 


The performance tests shall be arranged and
conducted by the Buyer or its designee unless specifically stated below.


 


11.2                        Performance
Testing


 


The tests for output and heat rate shall be
performed separately for each Unit using the testing procedures and protocol
set forth in Attachment 5 and subject to conditions set forth in Attachment 6
and Attachment 7, and shall be conducted immediately following the start-up
period after the Seller has conducted final check-out of the Unit.  If the output and heat rate tests are not
conducted within the first 200 fired hours, degradation shall be applied in
accordance with clause 11.7 below.


 


11.3                        Emissions
Testing


 


If required, Buyer or its designee shall
conduct the emissions tests at the engine exhaust.  Buyer shall provide Seller a copy of the
initial compliance test report, as submitted to the relevant air quality
management agency.


 


11.4                        Noise
Testing


 


Buyer or its designee shall conduct the noise
tests of the Equipment.  Buyer will
provide Seller with a copy of the test procedure prior to the test being
conducted.  Buyer shall afford the Seller
with the opportunity to witness noise testing and will provide written notice
within fifteen (15) Days of the date the test will be conducted.  A copy of the final test report shall be
provided to the Seller upon test completion.


 


11.5                        Cure
Period


 


If when first tested, a Unit meets the
Minimum Performance Guarantee, but does not meet the heat rate or output
Performance Guarantee, the Seller shall diligently undertake corrective actions
to achieve the relevant Performance Guarantee. 
Seller should be afforded sixty (60) Unimpeded Access Days to the Unit(s) to
undertake corrective action.  Seller
should be afforded 


 


15

















 


a day for day extension for each Day that
Unimpeded Access is not provided by Buyer. 
The Seller and Buyer will cooperate during this cure period to provide
Unimpeded Access to the Unit(s).  In the
event that there is an extended period during which the Seller is not provided
Unimpeded Access and Seller’s personnel demobilize from site, Buyer shall
provide Seller with at least ten (10) Days notice when such access is
expected to resume.  Subject to the
requirements of system dispatch, the COES, and Buyer’s other contractual
obligations, the Unit(s) will be re-tested when the Seller so requests,
but in any event at the end of this cure period.


 


11.6                        Cost of
Tests and Re-Tests


 


The Buyer shall perform the initial performance
tests at its cost.  The Seller shall be
notified of, and shall be represented at, all such tests.  If Seller fails to be present at such tests,
it shall be deemed to have waived the requirement that it be present.  If a re-test is required and to the extent
the Seller was the cause of such re-test, the actual cost of the retest will be
borne by the Seller.  The actual cost of
the re-test shall mean:


 


(a.)                               the
cost of special test personnel or special operating personnel provided by the
Buyer;


 


(b.)                              the
cost of special instrumentation and equipment (including rental cost) and
including required calibration of the instrumentation; and


 


(c.)                               the
Seller’s personnel cost, but in no event whatsoever will the Seller be
responsible for the cost of fuel or other consumables, normal operating
personnel, or any other such cost typically borne by the Buyer.


 


11.7                        Degradation


 


In conducting the initial performance test or
re-tests, the performance of any Unit shall not be adjusted for degradation
until such Unit has operated in excess of two hundred (200) hours.  The Seller’s degradation table, included in
Attachment 11, shall be used to determine the adjustment for Unit output and
Unit heat rate.


 


11.8                        Performance
Credits  [Not Used in this Contract]


 


Article 12                                        Aggregate
Limitation on Liquidated Damages


 


The Seller’s overall aggregate liability
hereunder for all forms of liquidated damages provided for in this Contract
shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the Contract Price. The Parties agree
that the amount of liquidated damages set forth above are reasonable in light
of the anticipated harm caused by the breach of duty related thereto and the
difficulties of proof of loss and inconvenience or non-feasibility of obtaining
any adequate remedy and the Parties are estopped from contesting the validity
or enforceability of such liquidated damages.


 


16

















 


Article 13                                        Observation,
Inspection and Factory Test


 


13.1                        Observation
at the Site


 


Upon reasonable prior written notice, the
Seller shall be afforded access during normal business hours to observe Work in
progress at the Site.  The Seller may
visit the Site at any time or times, or may maintain representatives to observe
Buyer’s or Buyer’s contractors work, provided such activity and inspections do
not unreasonably interfere with the Work.


 


13.2                        Inspections
and Tests at Seller’s Facilities


 


Upon the Buyer’s request and with the Seller’s
prior written consent, the Buyer’s inspector shall be provided access to the
Seller’s facilities to obtain information on production progress and make
inspections. Such access will be limited to areas concerned with the Equipment
and shall not include restricted areas where Work of a proprietary nature is
being conducted.  The Seller shall, in
its sole discretion, determine the extent of the Buyer’s access to the Seller’s
facilities and the extent of factory testing to be conducted on the Equipment
during normal business hours.  The Seller
shall not be required to delay manufacturing or other activities to accommodate
Buyer’s inspection.


 


13.3                        Inspections
and Tests at Suppliers’ Facilities


 


Subject to the conditions set forth in the
foregoing paragraph, the Seller will make reasonable efforts to obtain for the
Buyer access to its Suppliers’ facilities for the purposes described in the
paragraph above.


 


13.4                        Advance
Notice of Intended Readiness To Ship and Inspection


 


With the respect to each Unit, Seller shall
provide Buyer with a written notice of Seller’s intent to issue the Notice of
Readiness to Ship (“Advance Notice of Intended Readiness to Ship”) for Buyer’s
inspection.  Such notification shall be
provided to Buyer in writing no later than fifteen (15) Days prior to the date
on which Seller intends to issue the Notice of Readiness to Ship for any Unit.
Buyer may elect to inspect or not inspect the Unit prior to issuance of Notice
of Readiness to Ship.  The Buyer’s waiver
of its right to inspect or failure to inspect when given the reasonable
opportunity shall not limit Seller’s ability to issue the Notice of Readiness
to Ship. Absent Buyer’s written agreement, Seller shall not issue the Notice of
Readiness to Ship prior to fifteen (15) Days after the issuance of the Advance
Notice of Intended Readiness to Ship.


 


If during Buyer’s inspection it is determined
that Seller has not made the Equipment available in accordance with Seller’s
packing procedures and quality assurance processes, Buyer has the right to
request that Seller remedy the situation prior to Seller issuing Notice of
Readiness to Ship.  Any such
non-conformity shall be resolved expeditiously by the Parties to their mutual
satisfaction.


 


17

















 


13.5                        Inspection
Not Acceptance


 


The Buyer’s inspection of the Equipment or
its failure to inspect does not relieve the Seller of its obligation to fulfill
the requirements of this Contract, nor is it to be construed as acceptance by
the Buyer.


 


Article 14                                        Warranty


 


14.1                        Warranty
Period


 


The Seller shall warrant the Equipment and
the associated Services on the terms set forth in this Article below for (i) twelve
(12) months following the date each Unit meets the Performance Guarantees (for
the avoidance of doubt, provided that the Seller has met the Minimum
Performance Guarantees and the Performance Guarantees for Emissions and Noise,
and has made required payments of Liquidated Damages for such Unit, the
starting date shall be the conclusion of the cure period as provided in Section 11.5),
(ii) 8,000 fired hours for each Unit, or (iii) thirty (30) months
following the date of Seller’s Notice of Readiness to Ship for each Unit
whichever period is first to occur (the “Warranty Period”); provided, however,
that the warranty applicable to the Training Services shall be solely as set
forth in Attachment 7.


 


14.2                        Warranty


 


The Seller warrants to the Buyer that during
the Warranty Period:


 


(a.)                               the
Equipment to be delivered hereunder:


 


(i)                                     shall
be designed and fit for the purpose of generating electric power when operated
in accordance with the Seller’s specific written operation instructions and, in
the absence thereof, in accordance with generally accepted operation practices
of the electric power producing industry,


 


(ii)                                  shall
be free from defects in material, workmanship and title,


 


(iii)                               shall be new and unused,
and


 


(iv)                              shall
comply with all material applicable Laws; and


 


(b.)                              the
Services shall be performed in a competent, diligent manner in accordance with
all applicable Laws.


 


14.3                        Remedy


 


If the Equipment delivered or Services
performed hereunder do not meet the above warranties during the Warranty Period
set forth in this Article, the Buyer shall promptly notify the Seller in
writing and in the case of the Equipment make the Equipment available promptly
for correction.  The Seller shall thereafter,
as soon as is practicable, correct any warranty defect, at its expense:


 


(a.)                               by
reperforming the defective Services;


 


18

















 


(b.)                              repairing
(to the extent consistent with good industry practices) the defective part of
the Equipment either on Site, or if off-Site returned by Seller, at Seller’s
expense, to the Peruvian port of entry DDU (Incoterms 2000); or


 


(c.)                               by
making available necessary replacement parts available at the Peruvian port of
entry DDU (Incoterms 2000).


 


Buyer shall, at Seller’s option, return any
defective part that is replaced by Seller at Seller’s expense to Seller’s
Houston facility within sixty (60) Days from the date of written instruction by
Seller.  The Seller shall provide
technical advisory Services reasonably necessary for any such repair of the
Equipment, but the Seller shall not be responsible for (i) removal or
replacement of structures or other parts of the Facility and (ii) site
labor or transportation of parts or components from Peruvian port of entry DDU
(Incoterms 2000).  The Buyer shall be
responsible for the installation of any repaired or replacement part and for
payment of any customs duties or similar levies, which may be assessed as a
result of the shipment of any such replacement parts.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
shall the Buyer’s provision of labor or such labor’s performance of any
installation of replacement parts negate any warranties or guarantees provided
by Seller under this Contract.


 


If a defect in the Equipment or part thereof
cannot be corrected by the Seller’s reasonable efforts, the Parties will
negotiate an equitable adjustment in price with respect to such Equipment or
part thereof or in the event of a failure by Seller under this Section 14.3,
Seller shall be obligated to pay Buyer’s actual documented costs of any repair
or remedial work required hereunder.


 


14.4                        Warranty
on Remedial Work


 


Any re-performed service or repaired or
replacement part furnished under this warranty shall carry warranties on the
same terms as set forth above, except that the applicable warranty period for
the repair/replacement part or re-performed Service shall be for the longer of:


 


(a.)                               the
remainder of the original Warranty Period; or


 


(b.)                              twelve
(12) months from the date of such re-performance, repair or replacement.


 


In any event the repair/replacement warranty
period and the Seller’s responsibilities set forth herein for such repaired or
replacement part shall end no later than twelve (12) months after expiration of
the original Warranty Period.


 


Seller shall provide at no cost FMEA (Failure
Modes Effect Analysis) analysis of root cause for systemic repeated failures.


 


14.5                        Exclusions


 


The Seller does not warrant the Equipment or
any repaired or replacement parts against normal wear and tear, including that
due to environment or operation, including, type of fuel, detrimental air inlet
conditions or erosion, corrosion or material deposits from fluids.  The warranties and remedies set forth herein
are further conditioned upon:


 


19

















 


(a.)                               the
proper storage, installation, operation, and maintenance of the Equipment and
conformance with the operation instruction manuals (including revisions
thereto) provided by the Seller and/or its Subcontractors or Suppliers, as
applicable (including any required warranty preservation services in the event
of long term storage); and


 


(b.)                              repair
or modification pursuant to the Seller’s instructions or approval.


 


Buyer shall keep proper records of operation
and maintenance during the Warranty Period. These records shall be kept in the
form of log sheets and copies shall be submitted to the Seller upon its
reasonable request.


 


14.6                        Exclusive
Remedies and Warranties


 


EXCEPT FOR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR OUTPUT AND
HEAT RATE AND MUST MEET REMEDIES, THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPHS OF THIS ARTICLE SET
FORTH THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ALL CLAIMS DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD
BASED ON FAILURE OF OR DEFECT IN THE EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS
CONTRACT, WHETHER THE FAILURE OR DEFECT ARISES BEFORE OR DURING THE WARRANTY
PERIOD AND WHETHER A CLAIM, HOWEVER INSTITUTED, IS BASED ON CONTRACT,
INDEMNITY, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR
OTHERWISE.  THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE
EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES WHETHER
WRITTEN, ORAL, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.  NO
IMPLIED STATUTORY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE SHALL APPLY.


 


Article 15                                        Taxes


 


15.1                        Seller
Taxes


 


Unless otherwise specified in this Contract,
the Seller shall be responsible for, and shall pay directly, Seller Taxes.  If Buyer deducts or withholds Seller Taxes,
the Buyer shall furnish within one month to the Seller accurate official
receipts from the appropriate governmental authority for each deducted or
withheld Seller Taxes.


 


15.2                        Buyer
Taxes


 


The Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall
pay directly when due and payable, any and all Buyer Taxes, and all payments
due and payable by the Buyer to the Seller hereunder shall be made in the full
amount of the Contract Price, free and clear of all deductions and withholding,
for Buyer Taxes.  If the Buyer deducts or
withholds Buyer Taxes, the Buyer shall pay additional amounts to the Seller to
cause the amounts actually received by the Seller, net of deducted or withheld
Buyer Taxes, to equal the full amount of the Contract Price, and shall provide
to the Seller within one month, along with such payments, accurate official
receipts from the appropriate governmental authority for deducted or withheld
Buyer Taxes.  If the Seller is required
to pay Buyer Taxes, the Buyer shall, promptly upon presentation of the Seller’s
invoice for such Buyer Taxes, pay to the Seller in the Contract Currency an
amount equal to the U.S. 


 


20

















 


dollar equivalent of such Buyer Taxes
(calculated at the exchange rate in effect at the time payment of such Buyer
Taxes was made).


 


15.3                        Invoices


 


The Seller shall issue an official value-added,
sales (or similar) tax invoice in addition to the price, in accordance with
applicable Laws.


 


15.4                        Duty
Drawback


 


All rights to drawback of customs duties paid
by the Seller to the customs authorities of the country of manufacture of any
Equipment belong to and shall remain with Seller.  Buyer agrees to cooperate with Seller and to
furnish such documents to Seller as may be necessary to obtain drawback.


 


Article 16                                        Compliance
with Laws, Codes and Standards


 


The Contract Price is based on the engineering
and manufacture of the Equipment in accordance with the Seller’s design
criteria, manufacturing processes and procedures and quality assurance
programs, so as to comply with:


 


(a.)                               those
portions of the codes and standards identified in Attachment 1 which the Seller
has deemed applicable to the Equipment (“Codes and Standards”);


 


(b.)                              the
applicable national Laws of the country where the relevant Equipment is
manufactured (“National Laws”);


 


(c.)                               the
Site Conditions (including temperature, humidity, elevation and any seismic or
wind-loading requirements) identified by Buyer prior to Effective Date and set
forth in Attachment 1 (“Site Conditions”); and


 


(d.)                              those
Local Laws which have been identified in Attachment 1.  If no Local Laws are set forth in Attachment
1 and agreed to by Seller, the manufacturing process shall not incorporate any
consideration of Local Laws.


 


Article 17                                        Project
Management


 


17.1                        Original
Equipment Definition


 


The original Equipment definition is
established in Attachment 1, Scope of Supply.


 


17.2                        Order
Definition Meeting


 


Unless otherwise agreed, the Seller will
schedule an Order Definition Meeting within thirty (30) Days of execution of
this Contract.   The Seller will advise
the Buyer of the final drawing delivery schedule at the conclusion of the Order
Definition Meeting.


 


21

















 


17.3                        Project
Manager


 


No later than the date of the Order
Definition Meeting, each Party will appoint an individual person as its Project
Manager and will authorize that person to act on its behalf and will identify
that person to the other Party.  Each
Party hereby represents to the other that the person so identified will be
authorized to act on behalf of that Party in matters connected with this
Contract or the Project.


 


17.4                        Automatic
Release


 


If the Buyer fails to provide any information
required by this Article within the times herein specified, or if the
Parties are not able to reach agreement as to the substance of a Change Order
to which the Seller is entitled pursuant to this Article by the conclusion
of the Order Definition Meeting, the Seller will deliver the Equipment as
originally described in Attachment 1.


 


17.5                        Global
Sourcing


 


The Seller reserves the right in its
discretion to obtain, source, subcontract, manufacture, fabricate and assemble
the Equipment and any of its components and systems outside the United States
or from non-domestic concerns, or both; it being understood that the quality
standards and warranties of the Seller under this Contract shall be adhered to
in all cases irrespective of source, and that such actions by Seller shall not
result in any increase in the Contract Price or Buyer’s Taxes.  Seller shall be responsible for those direct
costs associated with its global sourcing and manufacturing activities that
occur prior to title transfer to Buyer.


 


17.6                        Electronic
Communication


 


The Parties agree to use the Seller’s
Customer Collaboration System as the primary medium for the storage and
transmittal of drawings, specifications and project reports.  The current Customer Collaboration System is
Project Net.


 


Article 18                                        Changes


 


18.1                        Changes
Resulting from Changes in Codes and Changes in Law


 


If any change after the Effective Date to the
Codes and Standards or any Change in Law requires a change to the Equipment,
the Seller shall be entitled to a Change Order that includes equitable
adjustments to the Contract Price and to Scheduled Delivery Date(s) and
other provisions of this Contract that are impacted.  If the Seller is entitled to a Change Order
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, the Seller shall submit to the
Buyer a draft Change Order.


 


18.2                        Changes
and Improvements Beyond Scope


 


Seller has the right to make changes in
product design and add improvements to products or services at any time without
incurring any obligations to install the same on or in connection with the
Equipment and Services provided hereunder. 
In addition, during the manufacturing process at its discretion, Seller
may make minor changes to the Equipment without entering into a Change Order,
provided that such minor changes do not alter Seller’s obligations pursuant to 


 


22

















 


this Contract, the Contract Price or
Scheduled Delivery Date(s) or adversely affect Seller’s Performance
Guarantees.


 


18.3                        Buyer-Initiated
Changes


 


The Buyer shall have the right to request
that the Seller make changes to the Equipment or the Services, including
modifications, alterations or additions. 
If the Buyer wishes to request such a change, the Buyer shall notify the
Seller in writing.  Within fifteen (15)
Days after receipt of such notice (unless otherwise extended by mutual
agreement), the Seller shall submit to the Buyer a draft Change Order, unless
the matter requires further investigation and research in which case Seller
will provide an estimate of the time frame in which Seller will be able to
submit a draft Change Order to Buyer. 
Within fifteen (15) Days after receipt of the draft Change Order, Buyer
shall, at its option, advise the Seller that it no longer wishes to proceed
with the Buyer initiated Change Order, request additional time to consider the
draft Change Order, approve the Change Order, or propose revisions to the draft
Change Order, or propose revisions to the draft Change Order.  If the Buyer proposes revisions to the draft
Change Order, Seller shall issue a new draft Change Order to Buyer within
fifteen (15) Days of its receipt of Buyer’s proposed revisions.  Buyer shall approve or disapprove of the new
draft Change Order within ten (10) days of its receipt thereof.  To the extent that there is any remaining
dispute concerning this Change Order it shall be referred to senior management
in accordance to Section 32.1.    If
and when Buyer finally approves the Change Order, the Buyer and the Seller
shall then sign the Change Order that shall operate as an amendment to this
Contract.


 


18.4                        Seller-Initiated
Changes


 


If the Seller wishes to propose a change, or
if the Seller is entitled to a Change Order pursuant to the provisions of this
Contract, the Seller shall submit to the Buyer a draft Change Order.


 


18.5                        Contents
of Draft Change Order


 


The draft Change Order shall include:


 


(a.)                               a
technical description of the proposed change in such detail as the Buyer may reasonably
require;


 


(b.)                              a
lump sum firm price adjustment (increase or decrease) in the Contract Price, if
any, caused by the proposed change;


 


(c.)                               all
potential effect(s), if any, on the Scheduled Delivery Date(s), or any other
schedule or date for performance by the Seller hereunder caused by the proposed
change; and


 


(d.)                              all
potential effect(s), if any, on the Seller’s ability to comply with any of its
obligations hereunder, including the Seller’s warranties and Performance
Guarantees caused by the proposed change.


 


23
















 


18.6        Process for Concluding
Change Order


 


The Buyer shall, within fifteen (15) Days
from the date of receipt of such information, either approve or disapprove the
draft Change Order in writing, request additional time to consider the draft
Change Order, or propose revisions to the draft Change Order.  If the Buyer proposes revisions to the draft
Change Order, Seller shall issue a new draft Change Order to Buyer within
fifteen 15 Days of its receipt of Buyer’s proposed revisions.  Buyer shall approve or disapprove of the new
draft Change Order within ten (10) days of its receipt thereof.  To the extent that there is any remaining
dispute concerning this Change Order it shall be referred to senior management
in accordance to Section 32.1.  If
and when the Buyer finally approves the Change Order, the Buyer and the Seller
shall then sign the Change Order that shall operate as an amendment to this
Contract.


 


18.7        Agreement Required


 


Subject to Section 18.3 above, all
changes under this Contract shall be subject to mutual agreement, and no Change
Order will be effective until signed by both Parties.


 


Article 19             Force Majeure Event


 


19.1        Force Majeure Event


 


(a.)          a “Force Majeure Event”
shall mean any act, event or circumstance or any combination of acts, events or
circumstances which:


 


(i)            is
beyond the reasonable control of the Affected Party (and in the case of Buyer,
its EPC Contractor, and in the case of Seller, its Subcontractors and
Suppliers);


 


(ii)           is
without fault or negligence on the part of the Affected Party (and in the case
of Buyer, its EPC Contractor, and in the case of Seller, its Subcontractors and
Suppliers);


 


(iii)          could not have been avoided or overcome by
the Affected Party (and in the Case of Buyer, its EPC Contractor, and in the
case of Seller, its Subcontractor and Suppliers) acting in a reasonable and
prudent manner; and


 


(iv)          prevents,
hinders or delays the Affected Party in its performance of all (or part) of its
obligations under this Contract.


 


(b.)          without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, a Force Majeure Event may include any of the
following acts, events or circumstances, or combination thereof, but only to
the extent that it satisfies the requirements set our in Section 19.1(a)(i) to
(iv):


 


24

















 


(i)            an
Act of God, including drought, fire, earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide,
flood, storm, hurricane, lighting strike, cyclone, tornado, typhoon or other
natural disasters;


 


(ii)           epidemic
or plague;


 


(iii)          fire, explosion or radioactive or chemical
contamination;


 


(iv)          air
crash, shipwreck or train crash;


 


(v)           any
act, event or circumstance of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing;


 


(vi)          war,
hostilities, belligerence, blockade, acts of terrorism, sabotage, civil
commotion, civil disturbances, riot, revolution, or insurrection; and


 


(vii)         boycotts, strikes, lockouts and other labor
disturbances.


 


(c.)          notwithstanding Section 19.1(b),
the following shall not constitute Force Majeure Events except and to the
extent that they result directly from a Force Majeure Event:


 


(i)            late
delivery or interruption in the delivery of machinery, equipment, materials and
spare parts;


 


(ii)           any
delay in the performance by Seller caused by Seller’s or any Supplier’s or
subcontractor’s failure to engage appropriately qualified Supplier’s or
subcontractors or personnel or an adequate number of personnel for the
performance of the relevant tasks; and


 


(iii)          any inability or failure to pay money, any
inability to raise finance or any changes in price or market conditions.


 


(d.)          The burden of proof as
to whether a Force Majeure Event has occurred shall be upon the Party claiming
a Force Majeure Event.


 


(e.)          If either Party is
rendered wholly or partially unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement
because of a Force Majeure Event, that Party (the “Affected Party”) will be
excused from whatever performance is affected by the Force Majeure Event to the
extent so affected; provided that:


 


(i)            the
Affected Party gives the other Party notice within five (5) Days from the
time of the occurrence describing the particulars of the occurrence, including
an estimation of its expected duration and probable impact on the performance
of such Party’s obligations hereunder, and continues to furnish timely regular
reports with respect thereto during the continuation of the Force Majeure
Event;


 


25

















 


(ii)           the
suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer
duration than is reasonable required by the Force Majeure Event;


 


(iii)          no liability of either Party which arose
before the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event causing the suspension of
performance shall be excused as a result of the occurrence;


 


(iv)          the
Affected Party shall exercise all reasonable efforts to mitigate or cure the
effect of the Force Majeure Event;


 


(v)           the
Affected Party shall continue to perform all of its obligations hereunder which
are not impaired by the Force Majeure Event; and


 


(vi)          when
the Affected Party is able to resume performance of its obligations under this
Agreement, the Affected Party shall give the other Party written notice to that
effect and shall promptly resume performance hereunder.


 


In the event the Affected Party
fails to give the other party notice in accordance with the requirements above,
the other Party may reasonably deny the Affected Party’s entitlement to such an
extension for that portion of the delay that occurred prior to the Affected
Party’s notice.


 


19.2        Termination for
Extended Delay


 


If a Force Majeure Event extends for more
than twelve (12) consecutive months and the Parties have not agreed upon a
revised basis for continuing the Work at the end of the delay, including an
equitable adjustment of the price, if necessary, then either Party (except
where delay is caused by the Buyer, in which event only the Seller, and except
where delay is caused by the Seller, in which case only the Buyer), upon thirty
(30) Days written notice, may terminate this Contract with respect to the
portion of Equipment to which title has not yet passed. If the termination for
extended delay is caused by a Force Majeure Event of the Buyer, the Buyer shall
promptly pay the Seller termination charges as set forth the in Termination
Schedule. If the Termination for Extended Delay is caused by a Force Majeure
Event of the Seller, the Buyer may request a refund of payments for portion of
Equipment to which title has not yet passed and Seller shall promptly make such
refund to Buyer.


 


Article 20             Patents


 


20.1        Indemnity


 


The Seller shall indemnify the Buyer against
any damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) arising
out of any suit, claim, or proceeding (a “Claim”) alleging that Work infringes
a patent in effect in the U.S., Canada, an EU member state or the country of
delivery (provided there is a corresponding patent issued by the U.S. or an EU
member state or the country of delivery) if:


 


(a.)          the Buyer promptly
notifies the Seller in writing of the Claim;


 


26

















 


(b.)          the Buyer makes no
admission of liability and gives Seller sole authority, at the Seller’s
expense, to direct and control the defense and any settlement and compromise
negotiations; and


 


(c.)          the Buyer provides the
Seller with full disclosure and assistance that may be reasonably required to
defend any such Claim.


 


20.2        Exclusions


 


The Seller shall have no obligation or
liability with respect to any Claim based upon:


 


(a.)          any Work that has been
altered by any person other than Seller, Suppliers and Subcontractors;


 


(b.)          the combination or use
of the Work with other products when the combination is the basis of any
allegedly infringing process;


 


(c.)          failure of the Buyer to
implement at Seller’s expense any update provided by the Seller that would have
prevented the Claim;


 


(d.)          unauthorized use of the
Work, whether or not in breach of the provisions of this Contract; or


 


(e.)          the Buyer’s
specifications.


 


The Buyer shall defend any suit or proceeding
based upon, and shall indemnify and hold the Seller harmless against, any claim
that any Work made, modified or performed to the Buyer’s specifications
infringes any patent.


 


20.3        Remedies


 


If the Work or any portion thereof becomes
the subject of a claim, the Seller may at its option, either:


 


(a.)          settle or defend the
claim or any suit or proceeding and pay all damages and costs awarded against
and incurred by the Buyer; or


 


(b.)          procure for the Buyer,
at Seller’s expense, the right to continue using the Equipment; or


 


(c.)          modify the Equipment so
that it becomes non-infringing; or


 


(d.)          replace the Equipment
with non-infringing Equipment.


 


If, in any suit arising from such a claim,
the continued use of the Equipment for the purpose intended is impaired or
forbidden by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Seller shall at its
option take one or more of the actions under (b.), (c.) or (d.) above.


 


27

















 


20.4        Sole Liability


 


The Seller’s entire liability for
indemnification for patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret infringement
for the Work is as described and limited in Section 20.3.


 


Article 21             General Indemnity


 


21.1        General Indemnity


 


Each Party
(each an “Indemnifying Party”) shall be liable to and indemnify the other
Party, its officers, employees, agents and subcontractors (each an “Indemnified
Party”) for any injuries to persons or damage to third party property, and, at
its expense, shall defend against and hold the Indemnified Party harmless from
any claims which arise out of or in consequence of the execution of this
Contract, to the extent that the same results from any act or neglect of the
Indemnifying Party or its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors, to the
extent the Indemnified Party is liable under applicable law, and against all
demands, costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising in
connection therewith.


 


21.2        Concurrent Negligence


 


If damage or injury is caused by the joint or
concurrent negligence of the parties, their officers, employees, agents, or
subcontractors, the Parties shall bear the loss in proportion to their or their
officers’, employees’, agents’ or subcontractors’ degree of negligence.


 


21.3        Notice


 


The indemnities provided in this Article shall
apply only if the Indemnified Party provides the Indemnifying Party timely
notice of any claim and provides the Indemnifying Party all necessary
information and assistance so that the Indemnifying Party may, at its option,
defend or settle the claim.


 


21.4        “Third Parties” Defined


 


“Third Parties” under this Article do
not include the Parties, their affiliates, agents, successors or assigns, or
any entity with an equity or security interest in any Party, or its assets or
property.


 


Article 22             Insurance


 


22.1        Worker’s Compensation,
General Liability and Automobile Insurance


 


During the term of this Contract, each Party
shall maintain the following insurance coverage at its own expense to protect
its own interests:


 


(a.)          During
the term of this Contract, both Parties shall maintain Insurance for Injuries
to Workers for work-related injuries or disease of their own employees in such
forms and amounts as may be required by Laws that are applicable to each Party
and its employees;


 


28

















 


(b.)          Employer’s Liability in
an amount not less that U.S. Dollars One Million ($1,000,000).  Such coverage may be written as part of
Worker’s Compensation or Commercial General Liability as applicable;


 


(c.)          Commercial General
Liability or Public Liability Insurance, in broad form, either per occurrence
or effective for at least three years after the expiration of this Contract,
that includes coverage for contractual liability, bodily injury and third party
property damage, with a combined single limit of not less than U.S. $1,000,000
per occurrence and U.S. $3,000,000 in the aggregate annually, for primary and
excess policies combined; and


 


(d.)          Automobile Liability
Insurance covering all owned, non-owned, and hired automobiles used by it in
connection with the Work, if any, with a combined single limit of not less than
U.S. $1,000,000 per occurrence, for primary and excess policies combined.


 


Each of the foregoing insurance
policies shall not be cancelled or materially changed without thirty (30) Days’
advance written notice to the other Party or, in the case of non-payment, ten (10) Days’
advance written notice.  Upon request,
each Party shall deliver to the other Party certificates of insurance showing
that the foregoing insurance is in full force and effect.


 


Notwithstanding any of the
provisions of this Section 22.1, the requirement for Buyer to maintain
these policies shall begin no later than thirty (30) Days after the Effective
Date of this Contract.


 


22.2        ARBR/CAR Insurance.


 


The Buyer shall provide, to protect the
interests of the Buyer and the Seller, either Contractor’s All Risk Insurance
or All Risk Builder’s Risk Insurance (CAR/ARBR). The CAR/ARBR policy shall at a
minimum meet the following requirements:  
(i) the Buyer shall provide the Seller with a copy of the policy
which includes a detailed summary of insurance at least thirty (30) Days prior
to the scheduled start of any Services;  (ii) the
policy shall be in effect from the planned start of any on-Site activity
through the completion of the facility and the end of the Seller’s obligations
and be non-cancelable by the Buyer and by the insurer;  (iii) the policy shall include as named
insureds the Buyer, the Seller,  and as
additional insureds Seller, any additional parties to the Contract and, any
affiliate of any party to the Contract that is performing work in connection
with the Contract, and as additional insureds, all subcontractors (regardless
of tier) and assignees of any party to the Contract, and the policy shall also
include a waiver of subrogation in favor of all insureds;  (iv)  the policy shall cover all risks
of physical loss or damage to the facility, including mechanical and electrical
breakdown, in the course of construction, start-up, testing and commissioning,
including materials, equipment and furnishings, up to the value of the facility
at full completion, except for customary exclusions;  (v) the CAR/ARBR policy shall be subject
to review and acceptance by the Seller;  
(vi)  the policy shall include extended maintenance coverage
through the end of the Warranty Period, as required; (vii)  the minimum
design/defects coverage shall equal LEG 2 or DE 4; (viii) the insurers
shall be reasonably acceptable to the Seller, rated at least A-VII by the AM
Best Insurance Report or rated at similar levels by other internationally
recognized insurance rating 


 


29

















 


experts; and (ix) the policy shall be
provided by responsible insurers properly authorized to provide insurance in
the jurisdiction(s) where the work will be performed.


 


22.3        All Risk Property
Insurance


 


At the time each Unit will become
operational, Buyer/Owner shall maintain “All Risks” Property Insurance
on existing property/facility/plant.  
The policy shall cover “all risks” of physical loss or damage including
coverage for boiler and machinery (electrical and mechanical
breakdown), in an amount equal to the replacement value of the relevant
property. Buyer/Owner and its insurers, for these property insurances,
including any business interruption, shall waive right of subrogation against
Seller its Affiliates, and its Subcontractor and Suppliers.


 


22.4        Failure to Maintain
Insurance


 


If at any time either Party fails to maintain
insurance complying with the requirements of this Article in full force and
effect, the Party at fault shall be responsible for any resulting losses or
costs sustained by the other Party and shall hold the other Party harmless from
actions brought against the other Party as the result of the absence of the at
fault Party’s required insurance.


 


22.5        Buyer’s Risks


 


In no event shall the Seller be responsible
for Buyer’s Risks after Delivery.  “Buyer’s
Risks” include damage and losses due to war, hostilities, terrorism, rebellion,
revolution, civil disturbance, nuclear radiation or similar occurrences; acts
or omissions of the Buyer; and natural perils (such as flood or earthquake) or
other perils to the extent that the peril is excluded from the ARBR/CAR policy
coverage or the loss is in excess of the policy limits.


 


Article 23             Suspension


 


23.1        Suspension by Buyer of
Work at Site


 


The Buyer shall have the right, at any time,
to suspend Work at the Site upon written notice to the Seller.  Any cost incurred by the Seller in accordance
with any such suspension (including storage costs) shall be payable by the
Buyer upon submission of the Seller’s invoice(s); provided, however, that Buyer
shall have no obligation to reimburse Seller for any such costs if Seller’s
failure to perform its obligations pursuant to this Contract was the cause of
Buyer’s suspension of the Work. 
Performance of the Seller’s obligations shall be extended for a period
of time reasonably necessary to overcome the effects of such suspension except
if such suspension was the result of Seller’s failure to perform any of its
obligations hereunder.


 


23.2        Suspension by Buyer of
Manufacturing


 


It is expressly agreed that the Buyer shall
have no right to suspend Seller’s manufacture of the Equipment, provided,
however Buyer shall maintain the right to terminate this Contract for
convenience pursuant to Article 24 or for Seller’s default pursuant to Section 25.1.


 


30

















 


23.3        Suspension by Seller


 


Subject to the provisions of the Direct
Agreement, the Seller shall have the right to suspend all Work, including the
delivery of any Equipment, immediately upon the failure of the Buyer to make
any payment when due.  The Seller shall
further have the right to suspend any shipment of the Equipment if all payments
due prior to the applicable Scheduled Delivery Date have not been made.  Any cost incurred by the Seller in accordance
with any such suspension (including storage costs) shall be payable by the
Buyer upon submission of the Seller’s invoice(s).  Performance of the Seller’s obligations shall
be extended for a period of time reasonably necessary to overcome the effects
of such suspension.


 


Article 24             Termination by Buyer
for Convenience


 


The Buyer shall have the right to terminate this Contract for its
convenience with respect to any or all Units until title to such Units has
passed to the Buyer or such Units have been delivered to the Buyer in
accordance with Article 8.2, whichever shall first occur.  Such termination shall be effective upon the
later of receipt by the Seller of written notice of termination or receipt by
the Seller of termination charges in accordance with the Termination Schedule
in Attachment 12.


 


If this Contract is partially or completely
terminated for the convenience of the Buyer pursuant to this Article 24,
the Seller shall retain title to each terminated Unit.  Title to each item of Equipment comprising
the non-terminated Units shall pass to the Buyer upon the later of:


 


(a.)          payment to the Seller of
100% of the Unit Price of each non-terminated Unit in accordance with
Attachment 9 and of the termination charges for the terminated Units(s) calculated
in accordance with Attachment 12; and


 


(b.)          when title to such item
of Equipment would otherwise have passed pursuant to this Article.


 


If Buyer’s payment of the termination charges
occurs after Seller receives Buyer’s termination notice, Seller shall have the
right to suspend performance upon receipt of the termination notice and await
the payment of termination charges without penalty to Seller.


 


Article 25             Termination for Cause


 


25.1        Grounds for Termination
by Buyer


 


The Buyer shall have the right to terminate
this Contract for cause in the event that either of the Sellers or the
Guarantor:


 


(a.)          becomes insolvent, makes
an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, has a receiver or trustee
appointed for the benefit of its creditors, or files for protection from
creditors under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws;


 


(b.)          breaches or fails to
comply or perform any of its material obligations hereunder (but solely with respect
to a material obligation for which this Contract does not provide exclusive
remedies), provided:


 


31

















 


(i)            that
the Buyer shall first have provided the Seller with written notice of the
nature of such breach or failure and of the Buyer’s intention to terminate this
Contract as a result of such breach or failure; and


 


(ii)           that
the Seller shall have failed within thirty (30) Days after receipt of such
notice to correct such breach or failure; provided, however, if such breach
cannot be cured within such thirty (30) Day period, despite Seller’s diligence
and good faith efforts to do so, then Seller shall be afforded an additional
period of not more than sixty (60) Days to cure such breach;


 


(c.)          breaches or fails to
perform in accordance with the Guarantee; or


 


(d.)          (i) with respect to
a material obligation for which this Contract provides an exclusive monetary
remedy, fails to make payment timely; (ii) with respect to a material
obligation for which this Contract provides a Must Meet Remedy, fails to
complete such remedy within ninety (90) Days of notice of such failure from
Buyer; or (iii) with respect to Seller’s failure to Deliver any Unit by
the Scheduled Delivery Date, and notwithstanding any payment by Seller of
liquidated damages, fails to Deliver such Unit within one-hundred (100) Days
after such Scheduled Delivery Date.


 


Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 25.1,
Seller shall have no cure period for those requirements in Article 36(a) except
as set forth therein.


 


25.2        Remedy in the Event of
Termination by Buyer


 


If the Buyer terminates this Contract as
provided above, the Buyer shall only be obligated to pay the Seller for that
portion of the Contract Price allocable to the Equipment for which title has
transferred to Buyer or for Services performed by Seller prior to the
termination (the “Terminated Work”).  If
the payments received by the Seller as of the date of such termination are in
excess of such portion of the Contract Price, the Seller shall promptly return
the excess of such payments to the Buyer. 
The Seller shall also pay to Buyer an amount equal to the difference
between that portion of the Contract Price allocable to the terminated Work and
such actual and reasonable amount paid or to be paid by the Buyer to another
vendor for equipment and services comparable to that which Seller was obligated
to deliver or provide as well as Buyer’s actual documented direct damages
associated with the EPC Contractor. 
Nothing in this Section 25.2 is inconsistent with Section 26.2.


 


25.3        Grounds for Termination
by Seller


 


Subject to the terms of the Direct Agreement,
the Seller shall have the right to terminate this Contract for cause in the
event that the Buyer:


 


(a.)          becomes insolvent, makes
an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, has a receiver or trustee
appointed for the benefit of its creditors, or files for protection from
creditors under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws; or


 


32

















 


(b.)          substantially breaches
or fails to comply or perform its material obligations hereunder, including a
breach or failure to comply with Article 31 of this Contract, or fails to
make any payment when due, including any payment security, as set forth in this
Contract,  provided:


 


(i)            that
the Seller shall first have provided the Buyer with written notice of the
nature of such failure and of the Seller’s intention to terminate this Contract
as a result of such failure, and


 


(ii)           that
the Buyer shall have failed within thirty (30) Days after receipt of such
notice to correct such breach or failure; provided, however, if such breach
cannot be cured within such thirty (30) day period, despite Buyer’s diligence
and good faith efforts to do so, then Buyer shall be afforded an additional
period of not more than sixty (60) Days to cure such breach.


 


In the event that Buyer suspends work at Site
pursuant to the Article 23 of this Contract for a continuous period of
twelve (12) months other than as a result of a Force Majeure Event, then Seller
shall have the right to terminate it’s obligations with respect to the
provision of Services and post Delivery obligations.


 


Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 25.3,
Buyer shall have no cure period with respect to the timely provision of the
Comfort Letter, the BPZ Resources, Inc. Guaranty, or the Standby Letter of
Credit as required by Section 6.2, except as set forth therein.


 


25.4        Remedy in the Event of
Termination by Seller


 


If the Seller
terminates this Contract as provided above, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller
the charges set forth in the Termination Schedule.  Termination charges paid in accordance to
this provision shall not be deemed a consequential damage pursuant to Article 26.2.


 


Article 26             Limitation of
Liability


 


26.1        Limitation


 


The total liability of the Seller for all
claims arising out of or relating to the performance or breach of this Contract
or use of any Equipment shall not exceed an amount equal to 100% of the
Contract; provided, however, that the Parties agree that this limitation shall
exclude any loss, liability or damage arising from or due to, gross negligence,
or willful misconduct of Seller or any of its Subcontractors or Suppliers,
Seller’s obligation to achieve the Minimum Performance Guarantees and the
Performance Guarantees for noise and emissions, and liabilities for which
Seller has provided any indemnity to Buyer under this Contract.


 


26.2        Consequential Damages


 


Neither party shall be liable for loss of
profit or revenues, loss of product, loss of use of the Work or any associated
equipment, interruption of business, cost of capital, cost of replacement
equipment, downtime costs, increased operating costs, claims of the Buyer’s
customers for such damages, or for any special, consequential, incidental,
indirect, punitive or exemplary damages.


 


33
















 


26.3                        Sale,
Transfer, Assignment to Third Party


 


If the Buyer is supplying, transferring or
assigning the Work to a third party, the Buyer shall require the third party to
agree to be bound by this Article.  If
the Buyer does not obtain this agreement for the Seller’s benefit, or if the
agreement is found void or unenforceable, the Buyer shall indemnify, defend and
hold the Seller harmless from and against any and all liability arising out of
claims made by the third party in excess of the limitations and exclusions of
this Article.


 


26.4                        Gratuitous
Advice


 


The Seller shall not be liable for any advice
or assistance that is not provided within the scope of the Work or otherwise
under this Contract.


 


26.5                        Limitations
to Prevail


 


The limitations and exclusions in this Article shall
apply regardless whether a claim is based in contract (including warranty),
tort (including negligence or strict liability), statute, equity or any other
extra-contractual theory.  The Parties
agree that the amount of liquidated damages set forth in this Contract are
reasonable in light of the anticipated harm caused by the breach of duty
related thereto and the difficulties of proof of loss and inconvenience or
non-feasibility of obtaining any adequate remedy and the Parties are stopped
from contesting the validity or enforceability of such liquidated damages.


 


26.6                        Limitation
of Remedies; Overriding Effect


 


The Buyer’s and the Seller’s rights,
obligations and remedies arising out of or relating to the Work are limited to
those rights, obligations and remedies described in this Contract.  This Article shall prevail over any
conflicting or inconsistent terms in this Contract, unless those terms further
restrict the Seller’s liability.


 


26.7                        Obligation
to Mitigate


 


Each Party shall exercise reasonable efforts
to mitigate or limit its losses or damage in the event of a breach or default
by the other Party under or in connection with this Contract.


 


Article 27                                        Proprietary
Information


 


27.1                        Information
Subject to Restriction


 


In connection with this Contract, the Seller
and the Buyer (as to information disclosed, the “Disclosing Party”) may each
provide the other party (as to information received, the “Receiving Party”)
with “Confidential Information.”  “Confidential
Information” means:


 


(a.)                               all
pricing for the Work;


 


(b.)                              all
terms of this Contract;


 


34

















 


(c.)                               all
information that is designated in writing as “confidential” or “proprietary” by
the Disclosing Party at the time of written disclosure; and


 


(d.)                              all
information that is orally designated as “confidential” or “proprietary” by the
Disclosing Party at the time of oral disclosure and is confirmed to be “confidential”
or “proprietary” in writing within ten (10) Days after oral disclosure.


 


The obligations of this Article shall
not apply as to any portion of the Confidential Information that:


 


(a.)                               is
or becomes generally available to the public other than from disclosure by the
Receiving Party, its representatives or its affiliates;


 


(b.)                              is
or becomes available to the Receiving Party or its representatives or
affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Disclosing
Party when the source is not, to the best of the Receiving Party’s knowledge,
subject to a confidentiality obligation to the Disclosing Party;


 


(c.)                               is
independently developed by the Receiving Party, its representatives or
affiliates, without reference to Confidential Information;


 


(d.)                              is
required to be disclosed by law, a valid legal process or a government agency;
or


 


(e.)                               is
approved for disclosure in writing by an authorized representative of the
Disclosing Party.


 


27.2                        Obligations
of Receiving Party


 


The Receiving Party agrees:


 


(a.)                               to
use the Confidential Information only in connection with this Contract and
permitted use(s) and maintenance of the Work, and in the case of Buyer, in
connection with the ownership, development, financing, construction, operation,
maintenance, expansion, repair, or replacement of the Project (collectively,
the “Permitted Uses”); provided however, that this does not give Buyer the
right to infringe any of Seller’s patents for the purpose of repair and
replacement;


 


(b.)                              to
take reasonable measures to prevent disclosure of the Confidential Information,
except to its employees, agents, consultants, contractors, attorneys or the
Lenders (and their consultants and attorneys) in connection with the Permitted
Uses; and


 


(c.)                               not
to disclose the Confidential Information to a competitor to the Disclosing
Party, and in the case of the Seller a competitor is defined as those companies
who manufacture or sell, directly or indirectly, new power generation
equipment.


 


35

















 


The Receiving Party shall obtain a written
commitment from any recipient of Confidential Information (other than a Party’s
or Lender’s attorneys) not to disclose any Confidential Information except as
permitted herein.  The Receiving Party
shall destroy or return all copies of Confidential Information to the
Disclosing Party upon request, except to the extent that this Contract entitles
the Receiving Party or envisions a need for Receiving Party or any other
recipient to retain the Confidential Information.  The Seller may also retain one copy of the
Buyer’s Confidential Information until all Seller’s potential liability under
this Contract terminates.  The
obligations under this Article 27 shall expire on the latest of three (3) years
from the date of disclosure of the Confidential Information, or termination of
this Contract or such longer period as Seller or Buyer is required by Law to
hold any documents relating to the Project. 
This Article supersedes any previously executed confidentiality
agreement, if any,  executed in relation
to the subject matter of this Contract.  The
restrictions contained in this Section 27.2 do not apply to any disclosure
by Buyer to the Lenders (and their consultants and attorneys) which disclosure
may be made upon notice and requirement of confidentiality.


 


27.3                        Disclosure
Pursuant to Legal Process


 


If either Party or any of its affiliates or
representatives is required by law, legal process or a government agency to
disclose any Confidential Information, that Party agrees to provide the
Disclosing Party with prompt written notice to permit the Disclosing Party to
seek an appropriate protective order or agency decision or to waive compliance
by the Receiving Party with the provisions of this Article.  If efforts to secure confidential treatment
are unsuccessful, the Disclosing Party may, if permitted by law, revise the
Confidential Information to make it nonproprietary or to minimize the loss of
its proprietary value.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, to the extent required by the federal securities laws, a Party
or any of its Affiliates or representatives may make any required disclosure of
Confidential Information and shall provide notice of such disclosure to the
Disclosing Party.


 


27.4                        Intellectual
Property


 


Nothing in this Article grants the
Receiving Party any license under any invention, patent, trademark or copyright
now or later owned or controlled by the Disclosing Party.


 


27.5                        Disclosure
by Buyer


 


The Buyer shall not disclose Confidential
Information to the Seller unless it is required to do so to enable the Seller
to perform Work under this Contract.  If
the Buyer does disclose Confidential Information, the Buyer warrants that it
has the right to disclose the information, and the Buyer shall indemnify and
hold the Seller harmless against any claims or damages resulting from the Buyer’s
improper disclosure.


 


Article 28                                        Software
License


 


28.1                        Grant
of License


 


Only to the extent necessary to
use the Equipment supplied by the Seller, for the purposes for which such
Equipment is supplied, the Seller grants to the Buyer a non-exclusive right to
use software, firmware, programs and any other technology necessary to operate
and use the 


 


36

















 


Equipment delivered to the Buyer
by Seller. This right shall be non-assignable (except as for any collateral assignment
to Lenders or their agent for which no consent by Seller shall be required) and
non-transferrable by the Buyer (except for sub-licenses to any subsequent
purchaser of the Equipment) and shall apply and be irrevocable with respect to
each unit of Equipment purchased under this Contract and paid for in full by
the Buyer.


 


28.2                        Third-Party
Software


 


Certain software the Seller provides to the Buyer may contain
third-party software, including but not limited to “open source” software,
which may be provided with a separate end-user agreement. Use of such
third-party software and its source code shall be governed by this Contract and
such end-user license agreements. To the extent there is any conflict between
the terms of this Contract and the applicable end-user license agreement, the
end-user license agreement shall prevail. 
If requested by the Seller at any time, the Buyer shall execute a copy
of the applicable end-user license agreement.


 


28.3                        Limitations


 


Unless otherwise agreed to by the Seller, the Buyer has only the right
to install and use a single copy of the software for each unit of associated
Equipment.  The Buyer may make one copy of the software for backup purposes only, in
machine-readable form.  The Buyer
has no right to (i) disassemble, decompile,
reverse engineer, or otherwise attempt to reconstruct or discover the source
code of the software or third-party software; (ii) remove any product identification, copyright,
trademark, or other notice from the software; (iii) modify, adapt or translate
the software.


 


Article 29                                        Personal
Data Protection


 


“Personal Data” is any information relating
to an identified or identifiable natural person (“Data Subject”).  The Buyer and the Seller each agree that any
Personal Data obtained from the other party will be deemed “Confidential
Information” of the other party as defined in this Contract whether or not the
Personal Data is publicly available.  The
Buyer and the Seller shall provide security for the Personal Data they receive
from each other and limit its disclosure and use.   The Buyer and the Seller each represent that
in providing Personal Data to one another they will comply with all applicable
laws and regulations, including but not limited to providing notices to or
obtaining consents from the Data Subjects when required.


 


Article 30                                        Export
Control


 


30.1                        Export
Controls


 


The Buyer hereby agrees that it shall not,
except as said laws and regulations may expressly permit, make any disposition
by way of transshipment, re-export, diversion or otherwise, of U.S. origin
goods and technical data (including computer software), or the direct product
thereof, supplied by the Seller hereunder. 
The obligations of the Parties to comply with all applicable export
control laws and regulations shall survive any termination, or discharge of any
other contract obligations.


 


37

















 


30.2                        Buyer
to Keep Informed


 


The Buyer undertakes to keep itself fully
informed of, and to comply with, the export control laws and regulations of the
United States of America and any amendments thereof.


 


30.3                        Weapons


 


The Buyer hereby certifies that the Work,
technical data, software or other information or assistance furnished by the
Seller or its Affiliates under this Contract will not be used in the design,
development, production, stockpiling or use of chemical, biological, or nuclear
weapons either by the Buyer or by any entity acting on the Buyer’s behalf.


 


Article 31                                        Assignment
and Change in Control


 


31.1                        Consent Required


 


It is expressly understood and agreed that
this Agreement is personal to Seller and Buyer, and that Seller and Buyer shall
have no right, power or authority to assign this Contract or any portion
thereof, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law.  Any purported assignment not in accordance
with this Article shall be void and without effect.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed
by the Parties that Buyer may, (without Seller’s consent):


 


(a.)                               assign
this Contract or any of its rights or obligations under this Contract to an
Affiliate upon written notice to Seller;


 


(b.)                              presently
or collaterally assign this Contract or any or all of its rights or obligations
under this Agreement to the Lenders; and/or


 


(c.)                               assign
this Contract or any or all of its rights and obligations under this Contract
to the EPC Contractor, provided that the EPC Contractor offers Buyer
satisfactory evidence of its ability (both financial and otherwise) to fulfill
the obligations of Buyer hereunder; provided that the Seller would not be
penalized or become subject to additional requirements under any Law as a
result of such assignment.


 


Any such assignment shall not constitute a
novation.


 


31.2                        Seller’s
Right to Assign


 


Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 31.1,
the Seller may assign this Contract or any of its rights or obligations under
this Contract to any Affiliate upon written notice of such assignment.  In the event of such assignment, the Seller’s
assignee will be responsible for the assigned Work and will invoice directly to
and collect payments directly from the Buyer; provided, however, such
assignment shall not constitute a novation, and the guarantee provided pursuant
to Article 36(a) shall survive and remain in full force and effect
after any such assignment.


 


38

















 


31.3                        Successors
and Assigns


 


All of the rights, benefits, duties,
liabilities and obligations of the Parties hereto shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon their respective successors and permitted assigns.


 


31.4                        Change
in Control of Buyer


 


Prior to any Change in Control of Buyer, the
Buyer shall notify the Seller of such prospective Change in Control no less
than thirty (30) Days prior to the Change of Control event. If the Seller
reasonably believes that a Change in Control of Buyer may prejudice the Seller’s
ability to obtain payment under this Contract, the Buyer shall furnish, within
thirty (30) Days of Seller’s written request, such additional security as the
Seller shall reasonably require; provided, however, that Buyer shall not be
obligated to furnish such additional security if it presents to Seller, within
fifteen (15) Days of delivery of the Seller’s written request for additional
security, reasonably satisfactory evidence of Buyer’s continued financial
capability to meet its payment obligations.


 


Article 32                                        Dispute
Resolution


 


32.1                        Referral
to Senior Management


 


Any and all controversies, disputes or
differences between the Parties to this Contract, if not amicably settled by
the Parties with thirty (30) Days following written notice of dispute, shall be
referred to senior management of the Parties for resolution.  In the event the dispute has not been
resolved within forty-five (45) Days following referral to senior management,
or such longer period as the Parties may mutually agree, then either Party may,
upon ten (10) Days notice to the other party, pursue their remedies at
law.


 


32.2                        Venue


 


Any legal action or proceeding with respect
to this Contract shall be brought in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York or, if such court lacks jurisdiction, in the
Supreme Court of the State of New York in New York County.  Each of the Parties hereby accepts and
consents to, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid
courts and appellate courts from any appeal thereof.  Each of the Parties irrevocably consents to
the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such
action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, to such Party at the address first set forth
in the this Contract.  Each of the
Parties hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter
have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings
arising out of or in connection with this Contract brought in the courts
referred to above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead
or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any
such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.


 


32.3                        Equitable
Remedies


 


Nothing in this Article 32 or otherwise
in this Contract shall preclude any Party from seeking equitable relief in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if 


 


39

















 


such court lacks jurisdiction, in the Supreme
Court of the State of New York in New York County.  The Parties agree and stipulate that a Party
shall be entitled to seek equitable relief without posting of a bond or other
security except that if the posting of a bond is a prerequisite to obtaining
equitable relief, then a bond in an amount equal to U.S. $1,000 shall be
sufficient.


 


Article 33                                        Governing
Law


 


This Contract, including but not limited to,
the validity, performance and all matters relating to the interpretation and
effect of this Contract and all further documents executed pursuant to it,
shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
New York, excluding their conflict of law rules, provided that any provision of
such law invalidating any provision of this Contract or modifying the intent of
the Parties as expressed in the terms of this Contract shall not apply.


 


Article 34                                        Direct
Agreements


 


If requested by any of the Lenders, direct
agreements shall be entered into between the Lender’s security trustee or agent
and Seller and Lender’s security trustee or agent and the General Electric
Company, as guarantor, within thirty (30) Days of a request by Owner to do so,
on terms to be provided by the Lenders (the “Direct Agreement”), which include
terms acknowledging the Lenders’ and agent’s or the security trustee’s security
interests and step-in rights, providing for payment of amounts payable under
this Contract directly to the agent or security trustee, and providing that
Seller’s rights to suspend work or terminate the Contract are subject to the
Lenders’ and security trustee’s or agent’s cure rights.  The Parties agree that any such Direct
Agreement shall not (i) increase Seller’s liability for liquidated damages
or other damages, (ii) remove any exclusion or limitation of Seller’s
liability, (iii) modify the Schedule Delivery Dates in such a way that the
Seller will have less time to perform its obligations under this Agreement, (iv) modify
the scope of Work, or (v) reduce the Contract Price.


 


Article 35                                        Effective
Date


 


This Contract shall become effective when it
is signed by both Parties (the “Effective Date”), however, the Seller shall not
be required to commence any Work associated with, connected to, or arising
from, directly or indirectly, the Equipment or Services, until the Seller
receives the Down Payment.  Further, if
the Down Payment is not timely received in accordance with the terms of this
Contract (the “Delayed NTP”), in addition to Seller’s right to terminate under Article 25,
the Seller shall have the right to adjust the Scheduled Delivery Date by one (1) Day(s) for
each Day after the Delayed NTP and it may result in an equitable price adjustment.


 


Article 36                                        Seller
Performance Security


 


(a)                                  Within
ten (10) Days of Buyer’s payment of the Down Payment, Seller shall deliver
to Buyer an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee in the form and substance
of Attachment 14 provided by General Electric Company, which has a long-term
bond credit rating of AAA from Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) and Aaa
from Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”). 
Such guarantee shall guarantee all of Seller’s obligations under the
Contract.


 


40

















 


(b)                                 At
the time that Seller delivers the first Notice of Readiness to Ship, it shall
provide a performance surety bond to Buyer in the form and substance reasonably
acceptable to Buyer as additional security for the performance of Sellers’
obligations related to performance testing and those to be performed during the
Warranty Period.  Such performance surety
bond shall be issued by an insurer A.M. Best rated B++ at a minimum and
shall be in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Contract Price.  The performance surety bond shall remain in
place until the later of the Warranty Period or all warranty claims have been
finally resolved.


 


Article 37                                        Entire
Agreement


 


This Contract represents the entire agreement
between the Parties and supersedes in its entirety all prior agreements
concerning the subject matter hereof, and no modification, amendment, revision,
waiver, or other change shall be binding on either Party unless consented to in
writing by the Party’s authorized representative.  Any oral or written representation, warranty,
course of dealing, or trade usage not contained or referenced herein shall not
be binding on either Party.  Each Party
agrees that it has not relied on, or been induced by, any representations of
the other Party not contained in this Contract.


 


Article 38                                        Representations


 


38.1                        Seller
Representations


 


Each
of the Sellers represent to Buyer that:


 


(a.)                               Organization


 


GEPPI is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of
Delaware, has the lawful power to engage in the business it presently conducts,
and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction
wherein the nature of the business transacted by it makes such licensing or
qualification necessary.


 


GEII is a general partnership
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
Republic of Peru, has the lawful power to engage in the business it presently
conducts, and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each
jurisdiction wherein the nature of the business transacted by it makes such
licensing or qualification necessary.


 


(b.)                              Power
and Authority


 


Seller has the authority to
execute and carry out this Contract and to perform its obligations hereunder
and all such actions have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action on its part.


 


(c.)                               No Conflict


 


41

















 


The execution, delivery and
performance of this Contract will not conflict with, result in the breach of,
constitute a default under or accelerate performance required by any of the
terms of the articles of incorporation or the code of regulations of Seller or
any material covenant, agreement, understanding, decree, indenture, instrument
or order to which Seller is a party or by which Seller or any of its properties
or assets is bound or affected.


 


(d.)                              Validity and Binding Effect


 


This Contract has been duly and
validly executed and delivered by Seller. 
This Contract constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that its
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar law affecting the rights of creditors generally or by general principles of equity.


 


38.2                        Buyer
Representations


 


Buyer represents to Seller that:


 


(a.)                               Organization


 


Buyer is a partnership duly
formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of
Peru, has the lawful power to engage in the business it presently conducts and
contemplates conducting, and is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing
in each jurisdiction wherein the nature of the business transacted by it makes
such licensing or qualification necessary.


 


(b.)                              Power and Authority


 


Buyer has the authority to
execute and carry out this Contract and to perform its obligations hereunder
and all such actions have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership
action on its part.


 


(c.)                               No Conflict


 


The execution, delivery and
performance of this Contract will not conflict with, result in the breach of,
constitute a default under or accelerate performance required by any of the
terms of the Constitucion de Sociedad Comercial de Responsabilidad Limitada
denominada Empresa Electrica Nueva Esperanza S.R.L. or the code of regulations
of Buyer or any material covenant, agreement, understanding, decree, indenture,
instrument or order to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer or any of its
properties or assets is bound or affected.


 


(d.)                              Validity and Binding Effect


 


This Contract has been duly and
validly executed and delivered by Buyer. 
This Contract constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
Buyer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that its
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, 


 


42

















 


insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar law affecting the rights of creditors generally or
by general principles of equity.


 


Article 39                                        Miscellaneous
Provisions


 


39.1                        Third-Party
Beneficiaries


 


Except as provided in Article 26
entitled “Limitation of Liability”, these provisions are for the benefit of the
Parties hereto (and the Lender’s where applicable) and not for any other third
party.


 


39.2                        Survival


 


All provisions or obligations contained in
this Contract which by their nature or effect are required or intended to be
observed, kept or performed after termination or expiration of this Contract
shall survive and remain binding upon and for the benefit of the Parties,
including, the Articles with the following titles, which shall survive
termination of this Contract:  Taxes,
Warranty, Patents, General Indemnity, Limitation of Liability, Proprietary Information,
Dispute Resolution, Governing Law, Software License, Personal Data Protection,
Export Control, Entire Agreement and Miscellaneous Provisions.


 


39.3                        Non-Waiver


 


Waiver by either Party of any right under this Contract shall not be
deemed a waiver by such Party of any other right hereunder.


 


39.4                        Invalidity


 


The invalidity in whole or in part of any
part of this Contract shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this
Contract.


 


39.5                        No
Nuclear Use


 


The Equipment and Services sold hereunder are
not intended for application (and shall not be used) in connection with any
nuclear installation or activity and Buyer warrants that it shall not use the
Equipment and Services for such purposes, or permit others to use or permit
others to use the Equipment or Services for any such purposes.  If, in breach of the foregoing, any such use
occurs, Seller shall have no liability for any nuclear or other damage, injury
or contamination, and Buyer shall indemnify Seller, its Affiliates and
suppliers of every type and tier against any such liability, whether arising as
a result of breach of contract, warranty, indemnity, tort (including
negligence), strict liability or otherwise.


 


39.6                        Counterparts


 


This Contract may be signed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.


 


43

















 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF


 


The Parties have caused this document to be
executed by their authorized representatives as of the Effective Date


 


 


	
  SELLER

  	
   

  	
  BUYER

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GE PACKAGED POWER, INC.

  	
   

  	
  EMPRESA ELECTRICA NUEVA 

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  ESPERANZA S.R.L.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By: Lee Johnson

  	
   

  	
  By:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Lee Johnson

  	
   

  	
  /s/ Rafael Zoeger

  
	
  (Signature)

  	
   

  	
  (Signature)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Lee Johnson

  	
   

  	
  Rafael Zoeger

  
	
  (Printed Name)

  	
   

  	
  (Printed Name)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Sales Leader—Southern Region

  	
   

  	
  General Manager

  
	
  (Title)

  	
   

  	
  (Title)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  September 26, 2008

  	
   

  	
  September 26, 2008

  
	
  (Date)

  	
   

  	
  (Date)

  



 


44

















 


	
  SELLER

  	
   

  	
  SELLER

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SUCURSAL 

  	
   

  	
  GE INTERNATIONAL, INC. SUCURSAL 

  
	
  DE PERU

  	
   

  	
  DE PERU

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:

  	
   

  	
  By:

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  /s/ Pedro Weiss Barker

  	
   

  	
  /s/ Otilia Longaray Castro

  
	
  (Signature)

  	
   

  	
  (Signature)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Pedro Weiss Barker

  	
   

  	
  Otilia Longaray Castro

  
	
  (Printed Name)

  	
   

  	
  (Printed Name)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  National Executive

  	
   

  	
  Finance Manager

  
	
  (Title)

  	
   

  	
  (Title)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  September 26, 2008

  	
   

  	
  September 26, 2008

  
	
  (Date)

  	
   

  	
  (Date)

  



 


45
















 


Attachment 1 -
Equipment Scope of Supply


 


46

















 


Basic Scope Description


 


Turbine


 


General Electric
gas turbine model LM6000 is a two-shaft/two-spool engine consisting of a
five-stage low pressure compressor, a fourteen-stage high pressure compressor,
a two-stage high pressure turbine, and a five-stage low pressure turbine.  The engine is equipped with a stainless steel
mesh screen in the inlet air stream for “last chance” protection against
foreign object damage.  The engine is
shock mounted and shipped in position, with the exception of the coupling
spacer, which is removed and shipped in a separate container.


 


Generator


 


Air cooled, 2-pole
generator operating at 13.8 kV, 60 Hz. 
Generator is capable of handling customer power requirement throughout a
wide ambient temperature range. The generator includes a brushless excitation
system with permanent magnet generator. 
Neutral and line side cubicles are included.


 


Turbine/Generator Enclosure


 


The package is supplied
with weatherproof, acoustic enclosures. 
The enclosures are designed to achieve noise abatement to an average of
85 dB(A) at 3 ft. (1.0 m) away and 5 ft. (1.5 m) above grade during full
load operations.  The enclosures are
completely assembled and mounted over the equipment prior to testing and
shipment.  Both turbine and generator
compartments are fully ventilated with redundant fans (one running, one
stand-by).  Explosion-proof lighting is
provided in both compartments.


 


Turbine/Generator Baseplate


 


The package is
supplied with the support structures for the gas turbine generator set
consisting of a two-piece skid assembly, which is sectioned between the gas
turbine and the generator.  The full
depth, bolted section is designed to provide the full structural properties of
the wide flange I-beams.  Full depth
crossmembers are utilized to provide for a rigid design that is suitable for
installation in earthquake areas (IBC2000) as well as providing a convenient structure
for transportation.


 


Air Inlet System


 


The package is
supplied with a modular, multi-stage filtration system consisting of inlet
screens, a prefilter and a final barrier filter.  All air for ventilation systems is filtered
to the same level as turbine combustion air. 
An anti-ice, an evaporative cooling, a combustion air heating or a
chilling system is available as an option. 
Filtered air is silenced before entering the turbine plenum.  This design results in a compact arrangement
and eliminates the need for customer supplied inlet ducting when the standard
design is utilized.  Internal lighting of
the filter house is provided to facilitate inspection and service.  Package is also supplied with platforms and ladders
to service the inlet filter.


 


47

















 


Turbine Exhaust


 


The package is
supplied with a circular, axial exhaust outlet with connection flange to
facilitate in-line mounting of an HRSG or simple cycle exhaust stack.


 


Fuel System


 


The package is
supplied with a natural gas fuel system that utilizes an electronically
controlled fuel-metering valve.  For
full-load operation, the gaseous fuel must be supplied to the baseplate at 675
psig ± 20 (4,654 ±138 kPag).  Gas fuel
must meet General Electric specification MID-TD-0000-1.


 


Lube Oil Systems


 


The package is
supplied with two separate lube oil systems: one synthetic for the gas turbine
and one mineral for the generator.  The
oil reservoirs and piping are all stainless steel, and the lube oil system
valves have stainless steel trim.  The
turbine coolers, oil reservoir, and filters are mounted on the auxiliary
equipment module.  The mineral lube
coolers, reservoir and filters are located on the main skid baseplate.  The auxiliary equipment module provides
simplified piping connections and reduces customer’s installation time and
costs.  Customer must supply cooling
water to the shell and tube coolers. 
Turbine lube oil must meet MID-TD-0000-6.


 


Electro-Hydraulic Start System


 


The package is
supplied with an electric motor driven hydraulic pump assembly, filters, cooler
and controls, mounted on the auxiliary equipment module.  A hydraulic motor is also mounted on the gas
turbine accessory gearbox.  Hydraulic
hoses are furnished to connect the auxiliary equipment module and the main
baseplate.


 


Fire Protection System


 


The package is
supplied with a factory installed fire protection system complete with optical
flame detection, hydrocarbon sensing and thermal detectors, piping and nozzles
in both the generator and the turbine compartments.  The fire protection system includes cylinders
containing CO2 mounted on a separate skid. 
A 24 V DC battery and charger to power the fire protection system is
also included.  All alarms and shutdowns
are annunciated at the turbine control panel (TCP).  An alarm sounds at the turbine if the gas
detectors detect high gas levels, or if the system is preparing to release the
CO2.  When the system is activated, the
package shuts down, and the primary CO2 cylinders are discharged into the
turbine and generator compartments via multiple nozzles, and the ventilation
dampers automatically close.  After a
time delay and if required, the reserve supply of CO2 is discharged.


 


48

















 


Digital
Control System


 


The package is supplied
with a free-standing Turbine Control Panel (TCP) suitable for mounting in an
indoor, non-hazardous area.  The control
system features an integrated turbine control system, vibration monitor,
digital meter, digital generator protective relay module and an HMI (human
machine interface) display of key discrete and analog data.  Alarm and shutdown events are displayed on
the HMI automatically.  An Ethernet
TCP/IP EGD or RS485 Modbus Port is provided to transmit unit conditions
(status, pressures, temperature, etc.) to the customer’s distributed control
system.  The HMI is a desktop PC located
next to the TCP.  Power for the control
panel is provided by a dedicated 24V DC battery system with dual 100% capacity
chargers, which are shipped separately for installation by others.


 


Battery System


 


The equipment
package is supplied with 24 V DC battery systems for the fire protection and
gas turbine generator control systems, as described in those sections.  All battery systems are valve-regulated lead
acid (VLRA) type.  Battery systems ship
loose for indoor customer installation. 
If the optional Power Control Module is selected, Seller will install
the GE supplied DC battery systems in that module.


 


Generator Protective Relays


 


The package is
supplied with a microprocessor-based generator protective relay module, mounted
in the TCP.  The protective relay system
includes functions necessary for protection of the generator.


 


Soak Wash System


 


The package is
supplied with a turbine cleaning system, which allows customers to clean the
compressor section of the turbine during full power operation. The same system
reservoir and piping are utilized for off-line soak washing.  Auxiliary skid connections are provided for
customer supplied purified water at a maximum of 50 psig (345 kPag) and air at
100 – 120 psig (689 – 827 kPag). 
Customer is required to provide water meeting MID-TD-0000-4, detergent
meeting MID-TD-0000-5 and air filtered to ISA S7.3 standards.


 


Component Testing and Package Test


 


Every new gas
turbine is performance tested under load in a GE Test Cell, using procedures
developed for flight turbine reliability. 
The generator is tested to ANSI C50.14 or IEC 34.3 standards at its
factory of manufacture.


 


All gas turbine
generator sets receive a static test including:


 


·                  Switch State
(N.O. or N.C., actuation, wiring, and setpoint)


·                  Temperature
element output, and wiring


·                  Transmitter
range, output, and wiring


 


49

















 


·                  Solenoid
operation


·                  Control valve
torque motor, excitation, and return signal


·                  Fire system
continuity, and device actuation


·                  System flushing
verification


·                  Tubing integrity


 


A full load string
test is available as an option.


 


Drawings, Data and Manuals


 


The package is
supplied with a customer drawing package that includes general arrangement
drawings, flow and instrument diagrams, electrical one-line drawings and
interconnection plan drawings. 
Additional electrical schematic diagrams and logic drawings are provided
for record.  See Attachment 8  for a detailed typical list and typical
drawing delivery.


 


Operation &
Maintenance (O&M) and Installation & Commissioning (I&C)
manuals are provided and are printed in English.  Six hardcopies of the O&M Manuals, three
hardcopies of the I&C manuals, and one CD with both are included in the
base offering.  The manuals cover
operating concepts for power generating equipment, guides to troubleshooting,
basic information on components, and equipment within the turbine generator
set.


 


Seller provides
all engineering drawings on a secure server www.project-net.com.  Each customer can enter this database and
view, print or annotate project drawings. 
ProjectNet provides the customer with immediate access to the latest
drawing revisions.  ProjectNet speeds job
completion and saves weeks of time mailing drawings back and forth.


 


Training


 


The base scope of
supply includes hands-on training for up to 10 operators and supervisors, where
students are assumed to have at least a journeyman’s knowledge of electrical
generating plant operation and to be proficient in reading piping flow and
instrument drawings, mechanical drawings, and have a working knowledge of
electrical generators, and gas turbines. 
The course is designed around an eight-hour day, five consecutive day
schedule.  Instructors, using specially
developed training materials, provide a firm groundwork of basic theory, plus
advanced concepts with classroom and hands-on training.  Training includes Gas Turbine Familiarization
plus System Design & Operations and Maintenance.


 


The trainer
conducts the course in a lecture/seminar format where each major topic is
supported by literature with detailed descriptions and associated engineering
drawings.  A student-training manual is
given to each student and the client’s turbine-generator system is used for
hands-on training to supplement the classroom instruction.  At the completion of several related topics
the students are given a progressive examination to measure the effectiveness
of the presentation and as a tool to identify if any student has not grasped 


 


50

















 


the material.  At the completion of the course a final
examination is given which covers the entire course material and students are
given a certificate of completion.


 


Training is
conducted at the Project site.  Local
training at the Customer’s facility is available upon request.  The Customer would be responsible for
providing all necessary training equipment for classes not held at the
manufacturing location.


 


Improvements and Changes


 


It is understood
that the Seller has the right to make changes in product design and add
improvements to products or services at any time without incurring any
obligations to install the same on or in connection with the Equipment or
Services provided hereunder.


 


Performance Testing


 


Seller will attend
the Facility performance test in support of the gas turbine performance test to
demonstrate Performance Guarantees of the Equipment at Site. Facility
performance, emissions, and noise tests are the responsibility of the
Buyer.  Seller’s performance test
procedures in Attachment 5 will be incorporated into the Facility performance
test procedure that will be provided by the Buyer.


 


Optional Equipment
and Services Checklist and Descriptions


 


(I) Included       (S) Quoted
Separately


 


Factory Options


 


	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option A

  	
   

  	
  Variable Inlet Guide Vanes (VIGV)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option B

  	
   

  	
  LM6000PD - Dry Low Emissions System (DLE) o

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option C

  	
   

  	
  SPRINT® Power Augmentation o

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option D

  	
   

  	
  Combustion Air Cooling – Chiller Coil o

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option E

  	
   

  	
  Lube Oil Cooler - Fin/Fan o

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option F

  	
   

  	
  Power System Stabilizer (PSS) o

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option G

  	
   

  	
  Left-handed Piping Connections (one of three Units)

  



 


51

















 


	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option H

  	
   

  	
  Left-handed Lineside Cubicle (two of three Units)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option J

  	
   

  	
  Remote Monitoring and Diagnostic Service (First Year Service
  Included)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  I

  	
   

  	
  Option K

  	
   

  	
  DC Backup Lighting

  



 


Factory Options Descriptions


 


Option
A                Variable Inlet Guide
Vanes (VIGV)


 


Seller furnishes
the LM6000 engine with variable inlet guide vanes (VIGV).


 


This option is
included with Option B


 


Option
B                LM6000PD - Dry Low
Emissions System (DLE)


 


A dry low
emissions system can be provided for use on gaseous fuel.  This system reduces emissions over the entire
power range without water or steam.  NOx
emissions can be guaranteed at 25 ppm (Ref. 15% O2).


 


This option
includes Option A.  A gas chromatograph
is also included to monitor the heating value of the gas fuel and adjust
combustor flame temperature.


 


Option
C                SPRINT® Power
Augmentation


 


SPRINT® boosts
engine performance up to 50.0 MW (ISO conditions) using a spray intercooling
design that increases the mass flow by cooling the air during the compression
process.  The system is based on an
atomized water spray injected through spray nozzles placed at two locations,
one between the high pressure and low pressure compressors, and the second at
inlet bellmouth.  Water is atomized using
high pressure air taken off of the eighth stage bleed.  The water flow rate is metered, using the
appropriate engine control schedules and at the inlet bellmouth.  Bellmouth and inter-stage portions on SPRINT®
alternate operation based on turbine inlet temperature.  Customer supplies 22 gpm (83 lpm) of demineralized
water to the connection on the unit. 
Water must meet GE specification MID-TD-0000-3.


 


Option
D                Combustion Air Cooling –
Chiller Coil


 


Lowering the
combustion air inlet temperature can increase the power output of the LM6000
generator set.  When specified, Seller
can furnish high performance inlet air chilling coils as an integral part of
the air inlet system.  Customer provides
adequate 


 


52

















 


quantities of
chilled water and interconnecting piping to Seller furnished chilling coils at
the filter house.  The same coils can be
used for anti-icing.


 


Option
E                Lube Oil Cooler - Fin/Fan


 


This replaces the
standard simplex shell and tube coolers for the lube oil systems.  A simplex core fin-fan cooler complete with
changeover valve mounted on a separate base plate with dual fans is installed
on a separate foundation.


 


Option F                Power System Stabilizer (PSS)


 


The power system
stabilizer (PSS) sends supplementary control signals to the generator’s voltage
regulator to control power fluctuations and improve the stability of the power
system.  A power system study is to be
completed by a third party and has been excluded from Seller’s scope of
supply.  With the study complete, Seller
can assist the customer in programming the PSS with the set points established
in the power system study.


 


Option G                Left-handed Piping Connections


 


In the standard LM6000 configuration, the customer’s piping connections
are on the right side, as viewed from the exciter.  As an option, the unit can be built with the
customer’s piping connections on the left side, as viewed from the
exciter.  The turbine removal door is
placed on the side opposite the piping connections.


 


Option H                Left-handed Lineside Cubicle


 


As viewed from the exciter end of a standard unit, the generator
line-side cubicle is on the right-hand side and the neutral cubicle is on the
left-hand side.  When specified, the
location of these cubicles can be reversed. 
However, the termination box for generator instrument and control wiring
box, (MGTB) must remain on the right-hand side, and the turbine main terminal
box (MTTB) must remain on the left.


 


Option I Lineside Cubicle Entry Configuration Options


 


Top Bus Duct Entry


 


The standard lineside cubicle is configured for bottom cable
entry.  With this option, the lineside
cubicle is configured for top bus duct entry.


 


Top Cable Entry


 


The standard lineside cubicle is configured for bottom cable
entry.  With this option, the lineside
cubicle is configured for top cable entry.


 


Option J                Remote Monitoring and Diagnostic Service


 


The Monitoring and Diagnostics Service helps plant operators improve
availability, reliability, operating performance, and maintaining
effectiveness.  Monitoring of key 


 


53

















 


parameters by factory experts may lead to early warning of equipment
problems and avoidance of expensive secondary damage.  Diagnostic programs seek out emerging trends;
prompting proactive intervention to avoid forced outages and extended downtime.  The ability for GE engineers to view
real-time operation accelerates troubleshooting and sometimes removes the need
for service personnel to visit the plant. 
Remote Monitoring and Diagnostic Service requires a customer supplied
communications link (telephone or cell phone). 
One year of service is included with this option.


 


Option K                DC Backup Lighting


 


Seller furnishes DC backup lighting in the turbine and generator
enclosures as an option.  DC lights turn
on if AC power fails.


 


The following configurations will be
provided.


 


Unit One Configuration


 


Right Hand Customer
Piping


 


Left Hand Lineside Cubicle


 


Right Hand Neutral Cubicle


 


Unit Two Configuration


 


Left Hand Customer Piping


 


Right Hand Lineside
Cubicle


 


Left Hand Neutral Cubicle


 


Unit Three Configuration


 


Right Hand Customer
Piping


 


Left Hand Lineside
Cubicle


 


Right Hand Neutral
Cubicle


 


54

















 


Limits of GEPPI Scope


 


Listed below are
the limits/exclusions to the Seller standard Scope of Supply.  All piping, wiring, cables, ducts, etc.,
connecting to these points is furnished by customer (others) unless modified by
specification agreement.


 


	
  Equipment System

  	
   

  	
  Limits of GEPPI

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  All piping, including Fuel Gas, Fuel Oil, Steam,
  Cooling Water, Heating Water, Demineralized Water, Lube Oil, Compressed Air,
  Instrument Air, Hydraulic Start Oil

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Flanged or threaded connection on Seller baseplate.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Inlet Air-to-Filter

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Atmosphere (non-standard duct by others)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Turbine Package Ventilation/Cooling Air

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Atmosphere (non-standard duct by others)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Turbine Exhaust

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Exhaust flange on main baseplate

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Instruments on Seller’s Baseplate

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Terminal box on baseplate

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Instrument wiring in Turbine Control Panel

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Terminal in Turbine Control Panel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  High Voltage Connections

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Bus bar in Seller Lineside cubicle

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Generator Ground Connections

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Seller Neutral cubicle

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Electric Motors

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Terminal box on individual motor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  Ladders and Platforms for Air Filter

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Ladders and Platforms for Inlet Air Filter
  maintenance only

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ·

  	
  24 V DC Batteries and Chargers for Control System
  and Fire and Gas Systems

  	
   

  	
  ·

  	
  Battery terminals to baseplate (if supplied loose)

  



 


55

















 


Exclusions:


 


·                  Civil
engineering design of any kind


 


·                  Building
and civil works


 


·                  Site
facilities


 


·                  Support
steelworks and hangers for the gas turbine ducting, silencing, and pipe work


 


·                  All
inlet, exhaust, and ventilation ducting other than included in the scope of
supply


 


·                  Drains
and/or vent piping from the gas turbine package to a remote point


 


·                  Fuel
storage, treatment and forwarding system


 


·                  Site
grounding


 


·                  Lightning
protection


 


·                  Power
system studies


 


·                  Sensing
and metering voltage transformers


 


·                  Machine
power transformers, and associated protection


 


·                  Grid
failure detection equipment


 


·                  Off
loading, transportation and storage


 


·                  Off
skid cabling, and design of off skid cable routing


 


·                  Balance
of plant and energy optimization controls


 


·                  Anchor
bolts, embedments, and grouting (quoted separately)


 


·                  Distributed
plant control


 


·                  Customer’s
remote control


 


·                  Field
supervision (quoted separately)


 


·                  High
voltage transformer(s), cables, and associated equipment


 


·                  Interconnecting
piping, conduit, and wiring between equipment modules


 


56

















 


·                  Plant
utilities, including compressed air supply and off skid piping


 


·                  Battery
containment


 


·                  Lube
oil measurement other than that defined in the scope of supply


 


·                  Additional
lube oil breather ducting other than that defined in the scope of supply


 


·                  Fuel
transfer pump


 


·                  Off
skid fuel block and vent valves


 


·                  Fuel
supply pipework beyond the scope of supply


 


·                  Generator
controls other than that defined in the scope of supply


 


·                  Load
sharing control


 


·                  Balance
of plant controls


 


·                  Field
Performance Testing


 


·                  Site
Labor


 


·                  Ladders,
Stairs, and Platforms for equipment beyond the gas turbine


 


57

















 


Site Conditions


 


The following
table outlines the criteria conditions at the proposed jobsite for the design
of the equipment:


 


	
  Location

  	
   

  	
  Caleta Cruz, Peru

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Elevation

  	
   

  	
  Approx. 120 Feet

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Minimum Site Temperature

  	
   

  	
  59 F

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum Site Temperature

  	
   

  	
  94 F

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Design Point Ambient Temperature / 

  Relative Humidity

  	
   

  	
  89.8 F (32.1 C) 

  60.4% RH

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Primary Fuel Source

  	
   

  	
  NG

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Seismic Design Criteria (CTG Package

  	
   

  	
  IBC 2000, Site Class D, Design Category F, Category II Facility
  with 1.25 Importance Factor

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Maximum Wind Speed (Wind Load)

  	
   

  	
  150 MPH

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Roof Live / Snow Load

  	
   

  	
  60 PSF

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Near Field Noise at 3 ft horizontal and 5 ft vertical, NOTE 1

  	
   

  	
  The below is based upon the placement of fin fan cooler to be
  reviewed by GE:  

   

  85 DBA ARITHMETIC AVERAGE SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (DB REF 20
  MICROPASALS, RMS) AT LOCATIONS AROUND THE PACKAGE (VERTICAL DISTANCE OF 5FT.
  (1.5M) ABOVE GRADE AT A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 3FT (1M) FROM THE EXTERIOR
  PLANE OF EQUIPMENT AS TESTED IN A FREEFIELD CONDITION OVER A HARD REFLECTING
  GROUND PLANE. 

   

  THIS GUARANTEE COINCIDES WITH THE OPERATING AT BASE-LOAD)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Far Field Noise, NOTE 1

  	
   

  	
  65 dB(A) at 400 ft

  



 


58

















 


NOTE 1:  Far field noise is based on single-unit only
operation.  Multiple units operating at
the same time will have an impact on both near and far field noise levels.


 


INSERT GE Fluid Specifications


 


59
















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
  MID-TD-0000-5

  
	
   

  	
  June 2004

  



 


Liquid Detergent for Compressor
Cleaning

for GE Aircraft Derivative Gas Turbines


 


This specification establishes the requirements for liquid
detergent products used to prepare cleaning solutions for cleaning the compressors
of gas turbine engines, where the intent is to restore performance by removing
the build–up of deposits on compressor components. Such deposits include salt,
soils or oils that may be ingested from the atmosphere.


 


The cleaning process shall be carried out by spraying the
cleaning solution into the bellmouth of the engine while the engine is running
at power (on–line cleaning) or while the engine is being cranked (crank soak
cleaning).


 


For the purposes of this specification, the following
definitions shall apply:


 


Liquid Detergent - A concentrated
solution of water soluble surface active agents and emulsifiable solvents.


 


Cleaning Solution - A solution or emulsion
of liquid detergent in water or a water and antifreeze mixture for direct
engine application. The recommended dilution of liquid detergent and water
shall be determined by the liquid detergent manufacturer.


 


1.                                      Applicable
Documents


 


The following documents shall form a part of this
specification to the extent specified herein. Unless a specific issue is
specified, the latest revision shall apply.


 


	
  ASTM D88

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method For Saybolt Viscosity

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ARP 1795

  	
   

  	
  Stress–Corrosion of Titanium Alloys, Effect of Cleaning
  Agents on Aircraft Engine Materials

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  AMS 1424

  	
   

  	
  Deicing/Anti-icing Fluid, Aircraft (Newtonian-SAE Type
  1)

  



 


2.                                      Detergent
Properties


 


2.1                               Composition


 


The chemical composition of the detergent is not
limited, other than as specified herein.


 


2.2                               Biodegradability


 


Use of the liquid detergent/cleaning solution shall
conform to local regulations for water pollution. Use of biodegradable
ingredients is recommended.


 


2.3                               Toxicity


 


Use of the liquid detergent/cleaning solution shall
conform to local regulations for industrial hygiene and air pollution. Use of
nontoxic ingredients is recommended.


 


2.4                               Health
and Safety Information


 


The liquid detergent manufacturer shall make available
health and safety information for the liquid detergent as required by
applicable local, state and federal regulations.


 


2.5                               Solids


 


The liquid detergent shall contain no particles larger
than 20 micron.


 


1

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-5

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy

  
	
  June 2004

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


2.6                               Physical and Chemical
Properties


 


The liquid detergent shall meet the test requirements.


 


3.                                      Test Requirements


 


3.1                               Liquid Detergent


 


3.1.1                     Residue or Ash Content


 


Residue or ash content shall not exceed 0.01
percent when tested in accordance with paragraph 4.1.


 


3.1.2                     Low Temperature Stability


 


The liquid detergent shall show no evidence of separation
of component parts when maintained at 40°F ± 3 (5°C ± 2). It is highly
desirable although not mandatory that the fluid shall remain liquid below 32°F
(0°C).


 


3.1.3                     Cold Weather Solution
Compatibility


 


The liquid detergent shall show no separation, layering or
precipitation when mixed to the liquid detergent manufacturer’s recommended
dilution in one or more of the following antifreeze solutions after 2 hours at
10°F ± 3 (-12°C ± 2):


 


·                  Isopropyl Alcohol


 


·                  Monopropylene glycol (PG)


 


·                  Acetone


 


See paragraph 6.1 for more information regarding liquid
detergent and antifreeze mixtures.


 


3.1.4                     Hard Water Compatibility


 


The liquid detergent shall show no separation or layering
when mixed with synthetic hard water prepared in accordance with paragraph 4.2.


 


3.1.5                     Acid and Alkali Acceptance


 


The liquid detergent shall show no separation, layering or
precipitation when tested in acidic or alkali media in accordance with
paragraph 4.3.


 


3.1.6                     Salt Water Tolerance


 


The liquid detergent shall show no separation or gelling
when mixed with 3.5 percent salt water in accordance with paragraph 4.4.


 


3.1.7                     Viscosity


 


The liquid detergent shall have a viscosity of 50 to 200
SUS at 77°F (25°C) when tested in accordance with ASTM D88.


 


3.1.8                     pH


 


The pH of the liquid detergent as received shall be from
6.5 to 8.5 when measured with a suitable pH meter employing a glass electrode.


 


3.2                               Cleaning Solution


 


3.2.1                     Corrosive Elements


 


Maximum levels of elements in the cleaning solution which
may promote various types of corrosion, shall be no greater than as shown in
Table 1, when analyzed by methods in paragraph 4.5.


 


2

















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-5

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  June 2004

  



 


Table 1. Maximum Corrosives Limit


 


	
  Total
  alkali metals (sodium + 

  potassium + lithium, etc.)

  	
   

  	
  25
  ppm max.

  
	
  Magnesium
  + calcium

  	
   

  	
  5
  ppm max.

  
	
  Vanadium

  	
   

  	
  0.1
  ppm max.

  
	
  Lead

  	
   

  	
  0.1
  ppm max.

  
	
  Tin
  + Copper 

  	
   

  	
  10
  ppm max.

  
	
  Sulfur

  	
   

  	
  50
  ppm max.

  
	
  Chlorine

  	
   

  	
  40
  ppm max.

  



 


3.2.2                     pH


 


The pH of the cleaning solution shall be from 6.5 to 8.5
when measured with a suitable pH meter employing a glass electrode.


 


4.                                      Test Methods


 


4.1                               Residue or Ash Content


 


Weigh 10 ± 0.1 gram sample of liquid detergent in a
weighed 30 ml porcelain crucible. Heat gently to volatilize any water or
solvents. (Crucible may be placed in air oven at 105°C ± 2 for 24 hours,
followed by 240° C ± 2 for 24 hours to insure all volatile matter is
evaporated.) Finally, ignite contents over Bunsen Burner, first at low
temperature under good oxidizing conditions until all ignitable material is consumed,
then place a crucible in a muffle furnace at 1040 to 1100°C for 2 hours. Cool
in desiccator, and weigh.


 


Percent residue or ash = (100 x A)/W


 


Where: A = grams of residue


W = grams of sample


 


4.2                               Hard Water Compatibility


 


4.2.1                     Preparation of Synthetic
Hard Water


 


A hard water solution is prepared by dissolving the
following in one liter of just boiled and cooled distilled water:


 


a.                    0.20±0.005 gram Calcium
Acetate, reagent grade Ca(C2H3O2)2 · H20


 


b.                   0.15±0.005 gram Magnesium
Sulfate, reagent grade MgSO4 · 7 H20


 


4.2.2                     Hard Water Test


 


5 ml of liquid detergent shall be added to a clean 50 ml
cylinder. 45 ml of synthetic hard water shall be added and mixed well. The
solution shall be examined for compatibility after 16 hours at 77°F ± 5 (25°C ±
3).


 


4.3                               Acid and Alkali Acceptance


 


The liquid detergent shall be mixed with distilled water
in accordance with the liquid detergent manufacturer’s recommended dilution. To
50 ml of the solution, add 1 ml of 75 percent phosphoric acid. To another 50 ml
of the solution, add 5 ml of 75 percent phosphoric acid. To another 50 ml of
the solution, add 1 ml of 50 percent potassium hydroxide. Let all three
mixtures stand for one hour at 77°F ± 5 (25°C ± 3), and then examine for acid
or alkali acceptance.


 


3

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-5

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy

  
	
  June 2004

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


4.4                               Salt Water Tolerance


 


Prepare a 3.5 percent by weight solution of sodium
chloride in distilled water. Add 15 ml of salt solution to 35 ml of liquid
detergent and let stand for 1 hour at 77°F ± 5 (25°C ± 3). Examine for salt
water tolerance.


 


4.5                               Elemental Content


 


Elemental content shall be determined using the following
methods:


 


	
  Element

  	
   

  	
  Method

  
	
  Sulfur,
  Phosphorous

  	
   

  	
  Inductivity
  Coupled Plasma Spectroscopy - Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES)

  
	
  Chlorine

  	
   

  	
  Microcoulometric
  filtration

  
	
  Sodium,
  Potassium

  	
   

  	
  Atomic
  Absorption (AA)

  
	
  Other
  metals

  	
   

  	
  ICP-AES
  or AA

  



 


5.                                      Material Compatibility


 


5.1                               Compatibility with Engine
Materials


 


Use of the detergent gas turbine cleaner shall not have
adverse effects on engine system materials such as titanium stress corrosion,
hot corrosion of turbine components or damage to lubrication system components.


 


5.2                               Titanium Stress Corrosion


 


A titanium stress corrosion test in accordance with ARP
1795 or equivalent may be run on the liquid detergent at the discretion of GE.


 


6.1                               Cold Weather Usage


 


In cold weather, liquid detergent must be added to
antifreeze mixture rather than to water alone. At present, the only acceptable
antifreeze solutions are:


 


·                  Isopropyl Alcohol


 


·                  Monopropylene glycol (PG)


 


·                  Acetone


 


Monopropylene glycol (PG) must be per AMS 1424 and may be
used down to 20°F (-7°C)


 


Antifreeze mixtures are shown in Table 2. The liquid
detergent manufacturer must specify which, if any, of the antifreezes specified
above is not compatible with the liquid detergent.


 


The use of non-isopropyl alcohol, ethylene glycol or
additives containing chlorine, sodium or potassium are not permitted since they
may attack the titanium and other metals in the gas turbine.


 


It is extremely important that the liquid detergent and
antifreeze solution be a homogeneous mixture when sprayed into the bellmouth of
the gas turbine. If after 2 hours the liquid detergent and antifreeze solution
separates, (see paragraph 3.1.3) agitation of the mixture in the wash water
tank is permissible. However, the liquid detergent manufacturer shall specify
that agitation is required.


 


4

















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-5

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  June 2004

  



 


Table 2. Water Wash Antifreeze
Mixtures.


 


Compressor Washing Antifreeze
Mixtures


 


	
  Outside Air Temp, oF (oC)

  	
   

  	
  Monopropylene

  glycol (PG)

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  H2O

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  Acetone

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  H2O

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  Isopropyl

  Alcohol

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  H2O

  % Vol

  	
   

  
	
  +20 to +50 (-7 to 10)

  	
   

  	
  21

  	
   

  	
  79

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  75

  	
   

  	
  22

  	
   

  	
  78

  	
   

  
	
  +10 to +20 (-12 to –7)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  	
  66

  	
   

  
	
  0 to +10 (-18 to –12)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  53

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  	
  47

  	
   

  	
  53

  	
   

  
	
  -10 to 0 (-23 to –18)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  63

  	
   

  	
  37

  	
   

  	
  72

  	
   

  	
  28

  	
   

  
	
  -20 to –10 (-29 to –23)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  69

  	
   

  	
  31

  	
   

  	
  88

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  
	
  -30 to –20 (-34 to –29)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  75

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  97

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  



 


Compressor Rinsing Antifreeze
Mixtures


 


	
  Outside Air Temp, oF (oC)

  	
   

  	
  Monopropylene

  glycol (PG)

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  H2O

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  Acetone

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  H2O

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  Isopropyl

  Alcohol

  % Vol

  	
   

  	
  H2O

  % Vol

  	
   

  
	
  +20 to +50 (-7 to 10)

  	
   

  	
  14

  	
   

  	
  86

  	
   

  	
  20

  	
   

  	
  80

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  82

  	
   

  
	
  +10 to +20 (-12 to -7)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  33

  	
   

  	
  67

  	
   

  	
  27

  	
   

  	
  73

  	
   

  
	
  0 to +10 (-18 to -12)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  43

  	
   

  	
  57

  	
   

  	
  39

  	
   

  	
  61

  	
   

  
	
  -10 to 0 (-23 to -18)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  50

  	
   

  	
  58

  	
   

  	
  42

  	
   

  
	
  -20 to -10 (-29 to -23)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  55

  	
   

  	
  45

  	
   

  	
  70

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  -30 to -20 (-34 to -29)

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  N/A

  	
   

  	
  60

  	
   

  	
  40

  	
   

  	
  77

  	
   

  	
  23

  	
   

  



 


5

















 


	
  GE Marine
  & Industrial Engines

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-4

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  May 1996

  



 


Compressor Cleaning Water Purity

Specification for GE Aircraft Derivative Gas Turbines in

Industrial Applications


 


1.1                               Scope


 


This specification establishes the
requirements for purified water for use in cleaning the compressor of gas
turbine engines where the intent is to restore performance by removing the
build up of deposits on compressor components. The water quality defined in
this specification applies to water used in both on–line compressor cleaning
and crank–soak compressor cleaning.


 


1.2                               Definitions


 


For the purpose of this specification, the
following definitions shall apply:


 


On–line Compressor
Cleaning - A method
of removing the build up of deposits on compressor components while the engine
is operating. On–line cleaning as accomplished by spraying cleaning solution
into the inlet of the engine while the engine is operating.


 


Crank–Soak Compressor
Cleaning - A method
of removing the buildup of deposits on compressor components while the engine
is motored by the starter. Crank–soak cleaning is accomplished by spraying
cleaning solution into the inlet of the engine while the engine is operating
unfired at crank speed.


 


Liquid Detergent - A concentrated solution of water soluble surface
active agents and emulsifiable solvents.


 


Cleaning Solution - A solution of emulsion of liquid detergent and water
or a water and antifreeze mixture for direct engine application. The
recommended dilution of liquid detergent and water shall be specified by the
liquid detergent manufacturer.


 


2.                                      Applicable Documents


 


2.1                               Issue of Documents


 


The following documents shall form a part of
this specification to the extent specified herein. Unless a specific issue is
specified, the latest revision shall apply.


 


2.1.1  American Society of Testing and Materials


 


Available from American Society for Testing
and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.


 


ASTM D1192                       Equipment for Sampling and Steam


 


ASTM D1293                       Tests for pH of Water


 


ASTM D4191                       Tests for Sodium in Water by atomic Absorbtion
Spectography


 


ASTM D4192                       Tests for Potassium in Water by Atomic Absorbtion
Spectography


 


ASTM D5907                       Tests for Filterable and Non-Filterable Matter in
Water


 


ASTM D3370                       Practices for Sampling Water


 


3.                                      Requirements


 


3.1                               Sampling Requirements


 


The sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM
D1192 and ASTM D3370. A


 


1

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-4

  	
   

  	
  GE Marine & Industrial Engines

  
	
  May 1996

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


minimum sample of one (1) gallon or four
(4) liters shall be supplied.


 


3.2                               Chemical Requirements


 


The water shall meet the following
requirements when tested in accordance with the designated test method.


 


3.3                               Filtration Requirements


 


The water shall contain no particles larger
than 100 microns absolute.


 


	
   

  	
   

  	
  Limit

  	
   

  	
  Test Method

  
	
  Total matter, ppm, max

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D5907

  
	
  pH

  	
   

  	
  6.5 - 8.5

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D1293

  
	
  Sodium+ potassium, ppm, max

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D4191 &

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D4192

  



 


2
















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  
	
  Revised,
  November 2001

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


Process Specification


Fuel Gases For Combustion In
AeroDerivative Gas Turbines


 


These instructions do
not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment or to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation
or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular
problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes
the matter should be referred to the GE Company.


 


© 2001 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY


 


 

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  	
   

  	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  



 


TABLE OF CONTENTS


 


	
  1

  	
  GENERAL

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2 

  	
  FUEL GAS CLASSIFICATION

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.1 

  	
  Natural and Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.2 

  	
  Gasification Fuels

  	
   

  	
  3

  
	
  2.3 

  	
  Process Gases

  	
   

  	
  4

  
	
  2.4 

  	
  Refinery Gases

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3 

  	
  FUEL PROPERTIES

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
  3.1 

  	
  Heating Values

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
  3.2 

  	
  Modified Wobbe Index Range

  	
   

  	
  5

  
	
  3.3 

  	
  Superheat Requirement

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.4 

  	
  Flammability Ratio

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.5 

  	
  Gas Constituent Limits

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  3.6 

  	
  Gas Fuel Supply Pressure

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4 

  	
  CONTAMINANTS

  	
   

  	
  6

  
	
  4.1 

  	
  Particulate

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  4.2 

  	
  Liquids

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
  4.3 

  	
  Sulfur

  	
   

  	
  7

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Appendix 1 DEFINITIONS

  	
   

  	
  9

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  LIST OF TABLES

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Table 1.

  	
  Fuel Gas Usability

  	
   

  	
  1

  
	
  Table 2.

  	
  Test Methods for Gaseous Fuels

  	
   

  	
  2

  
					



 

















 


	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  



 


1                                         GENERAL


 


GE AeroDerivative gas turbines have the ability to burn a
wide range of gaseous fuels as shown in Table 1. These gases present a broad
spectrum of properties due to both active and inert components. This
specification is designed to define guidelines that must be followed in order
to burn these fuels in an efficient, trouble-free manner, while protecting the
gas turbine and supporting hardware.


 


Table 2 identifies the acceptable test methods to be used
in determining gas fuel properties.


 


TABLE 1

FUEL GAS USABLILITY


 


	
   

  	
   

  	
  LHV

  Btu/SCF

  	
   

  	
  Wobbe

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Operational

  	
   

  	
  Applicability

  
	
  Fuel Type

  	
   

  	
  (kJ/NM3)

  	
   

  	
  Number

  	
   

  	
  Major Components

  	
   

  	
  Comments

  	
   

  	
  SAC

  	
   

  	
  DLE

  
	
  Pipeline Natural Gas 

  	
   

  	
  850-1200

  (33383-

  47128)

  	
   

  	
  45-60

  	
   

  	
  Methane

  	
   

  	
  No Restrictions

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  
	
  Medium BTU Natural Gas

  	
   

  	
  400 - 850

  (15709-

  33838)

  	
   

  	
  20-45

  	
   

  	
  Methane, Hydrocarbons (HC), carbon dioxide, Nitrogen

  	
   

  	
  Requires > 700 BTU/scf (27492 kJ/NM3) for starting. May require
  modified fuel nozzles. Contact GE

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  No,

  See

  Note 8.

  
	
  Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

  	
   

  	
  2300-

  3200

  (90330-

  125676)

  	
   

  	
  70-75

  	
   

  	
  Propane, Butane

  	
   

  	
  May require specific fuel nozzles. Contact GE

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  No

  
	
  Gasification Gases

  · Air Blown

   

   

   

   

  · Oxygen Blown

  	
   

  	
  

  150-200

  (5891-

  7855)

  

  

  200- 400

  (7855-

  15709)

  	
   

  	
  

  6-8

  

  

  

  

  8-20

  	
   

  	
  

  Carbon monoxide,

  Hydrogen, HC,

  Nitrogen, Water Vapor

  

  Carbon monoxide,

  Hydrogen, HC, Water

  Vapor

  	
   

  	
  

  Contact GE

  

  

  

  

  Contact GE

  	
   

  	
  

  Yes

  

  

  

  

  Yes

  	
   

  	
  

  No

  

  

  

  

  No

  
	
  Process Gases 

  	
   

  	
  300-1000

  (11782-

  39274)

  	
   

  	
  15-50

  	
   

  	
  Methane, Hydrogen,

  Carbon monoxide,

  Carbon dioxide

  	
   

  	
  Requires >700

  BTU/scf (27492

  kJ/NM3) for starting. Restricted
  transient operation.

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  See

  Note 8

  
	
  Refinery Gases 

  	
   

  	
  1000-

  1300

  (39274-

  51056

  	
   

  	
  45-60

  	
   

  	
  Methane, Hydrogen,

  Carbon monoxide,

  Ethylene, Propylene,

  Butylene

  	
   

  	
  No restrictions.

  Hydrogen content

  should be reviewed

  by GE.

  	
   

  	
  Yes

  	
   

  	
  See

  Note 8

  



 


Notes:


 


1.               When considering the use
of alternate fuels, provide details of the fuel constituents, fuel temperature,
and expected engine usage conditions and operating characteristics to GE for
evaluation and recommendations.


 


2.               Values and limits apply
at the inlet of the gas fuel control module.


 


1

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  	
   

  	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  



 


3.               Heating value ranges
shown are provided as guidelines. Specific fuel analysis must be furnished to
GE for evaluation. The standard configured single annular combustor (SAC) gas
turbines require a fuel with a LHV no less than of 6500 BTU/pound. The Dry Low
Emissions (DLE) combustion system requires a minimum LHV of 18000 BTU/pound.
(Reference Section 3.1)


 


4.               The quantity of sulfur in
gas fuels is not limited by this specification. Experience has shown that
oxidation/corrosion rates are not significantly affected by fuel sulfur levels
up to 1.3% sulfur. Hot corrosion of hot gas path parts is affected by the
presence of the specified trace metals. Sulfur levels shall be considered when
addressing HRSG Corrosion, selective catalytic reduction (SCR) deposition,
exhaust emissions, system material requirements, elemental sulfur deposition
and iron sulfide. (Reference Section 4.3)


 


5.               The fuel gas supply shall
be 100% free of liquids. Admission of liquids can result in combustion and/or
hot gas path component damage. (Reference Section 3.3)


 


6.               Wobbe Number, or Modified
Wobbe Number Index, is described in 3.2.


 


7.               Gases with Wobbe Number
Index greater than 40 may be applicable for DLE. Contact GE.


 


8.               Process and refinery
gases with <5% hydrogen content and low CO and CO2 content may be acceptable
for DLE application. Contact GE.


 


NM3 is at 0°C, 101.325kPa (sea level)


 


TABLE 2

TEST METHODS FOR GASEOUS FUELS


 


	
  PROPERTY

  	
   

  	
  ASTM METHOD

  
	
  Gas Composition to C6+

  	
   

  	
  D1945 -
  Standard method for constituents of gases by gas chromatography

  
	
  Heating Value

  	
   

  	
  D3588 -
  Procedure for calculating calorific value and specific gravity of gaseous
  fuels

  
	
  Specific Gravity

  	
   

  	
  D3588 -
  Procedure for calculating calorific value and specific gravity of gaseous
  fuels

  
	
  Compressibility Factor

  	
   

  	
  D3588 -
  Procedure for calculating calorific value and specific gravity of gaseous
  fuels

  
	
  Dew Point (see note 1)

  	
   

  	
  D1142 -
  Water vapor content of gaseous fuels by measurement of dew point temperature

  
	
  Sulfur

  	
   

  	
  D1072 - Test for total sulfur in fuel gases (see note 2)
  

  D3246 - Test for total sulfur in fuel gases

  
	
  Chemical Composition

  	
   

  	
  D2650 - Standard method for
  chemical composition of gases by mass spectrography

  



 


Notes:


 


1.                           Hydrocarbon and water dew
points shall be determined by direct dew point measurement (Chilled Mirror Device).
If dew point cannot be measured, an extended gas analysis, which identifies
hydrocarbon components from C1 through C14, shall be performed. This analysis
must provide an accuracy of greater


 


2

















 


	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  



 


than 10 ppmv. A standard gas analysis to C6+ is normally
not acceptable for dew point calculation unless it is known that heavier
hydrocarbons are not present, as is most often the case with liquefied natural
gases.


 


2.                             This test method will not detect the presence of
condensable sulfur vapor. Specialized filtration equipment is required to
measure sulfur at concentrations present in vapor form. Contact GE for more
information.


 


2                                         FUEL GAS
CLASSIFICATION


 


2.1                               Natural
and Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)


 


Natural gases are predominantly methane with much smaller
quantities of the slightly heavier hydrocarbons such as ethane, propane and
butane. Liquefied petroleum gas is propane and/or butane with traces of heavier
hydrocarbons.


 


2.1.1                     Pipeline
Natural Gas


 


Natural gases normally fall within the calorific heating
value range of 850 to 1200 Btu/SCF (33383-47128 kJ/NM3) (LHV). Actual calorific
heating values are dependent on the percentages of hydrocarbons and inert gases
contained in the gas.


 


2.1.2                     Medium
BTU Natural Gas


 


Natural gases are found in and extracted from underground
reservoirs. These “raw gases” may contain varying degrees of nitrogen, carbon
dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and contain contaminants such as salt water, sand
and dirt. Processing by the gas supplier normally reduces and/or removes these
constituents and contaminants prior to use in the gas turbine. A gas analysis
must be performed to ensure that the fuel supply to the gas turbine meets the
requirements of this specification.


 


2.1.3                     Liquefied
Petroleum Gases


 


The heating values of Liquefied Petroleum Gases (LPGs)
normally fall between 2300 and 3200 Btu/SCF (90330-125676 kJ/NM3) (LHV). Based on their
high commercial value, these fuels are normally utilized as a back—up fuel to
the primary gas fuel for gas turbines. Since LPGs are normally stored in a
liquid state, it is critical that the vaporization process and gas supply
system maintains the fuel at a temperature above the minimum required superheat
value. Fuel heating and heat tracing is required to ensure this.


 


2.2                               Gasification
Fuels


 


Other gases that may be utilized as gas turbine fuel are
those formed by the gasification of coal, petroleum coke or heavy liquids. In
general, the heating values of gasification fuel are substantially lower than
other fuel gases. These lower heating value fuels require that the fuel nozzle
gas flow passages be larger than those utilized for fuels of higher heating
values.


 


Gasification fuels are produced by either an Oxygen Blown
or Air Blown gasification process. 


 


2.2.1                     Oxygen
Blown Gasification


 


The heating values of gases produced by oxygen blown
gasification fall in the range of 200 to 400 Btu/SCF (7855-15709 kJ/NM3). The Hydrogen (H2) content of these fuels
is normally above 30% by volume and have H2/CO mole ratio between
0.5 to 0.8. Oxygen blown gasification fuels are often mixed with steam for
thermal NOx control, cycle efficiency improvement and/or power augmentation.
When utilized, the steam is injected into the combustor by an independent
passage. The current guideline for Hydrogen plus CO constituent is limited to
75% by volume for LM6000 and to 85% for the other AeroDerivative gas turbines.
Due to high hydrogen content of these fuels, oxygen blown gasification fuels
are normally not suitable for Dry Low Emissions (DLE) applications, for which
the Hydrogen content is limited to 5% by volume.. The high flame speeds
resulting from high hydrogen fuels can result in flashback or primary zone re–ignition
on DLE pre–mixed combustion systems. Utilization of these fuels shall be
reviewed by GE.


 


3

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  	
   

  	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  



 


2.2.2                     Air
Blown Gasification


 


Gases produced by air blown gasification normally have
heating values between 150 and 200 BTU/ SCF (5891- 7855 kJ/NM3) LHV. The Hydrogen (H2) content of these fuels
can range from 8% to 20% by volume and have a H2/CO mole ratio 0.3 to
3:1. The use and treatment of these fuels are similar to that identified for
oxygen blown gasification.


 


For Gasification fuels a significant part of the total
turbine flow comes from the fuel. In addition, for oxygen blown fuels there is
a diluent addition for NOx control. Careful integration of the gas turbine with
the gasification plant is required to assure an operable system. Due to the low
volumetric heating value of both oxygen an air blown gases, special fuel system
and fuel nozzles are required.


 


2.3                               Process
Gases


 


Many chemical processes generate surplus gases that may be
utilized as fuel for gas turbines. (i.e. tail or refinery gases). These gases
often consisting of methane, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide that
are normally byproducts of petrochemical processes. Due to the hydrogen and
carbon monoxide content, these fuels have large rich to lean flammability
limits. These types of fuels often require inerting and purging of the gas
turbine gas fuel system upon unit shutdown or a transfer to a more conventional
fuel. When process gas fuels have extreme flammability limits such that the
fuel will auto ignite at turbine exhaust conditions, a more “conventional”
start–up fuel, such as methane, is required.


 


Additional process gases utilized as gas turbine fuels are
those which are byproducts of steel production. These are:


 


2.3.1                     Blast
Furnace Gases (BFGs)


 


Blast Furnace Gases (BFGs), alone, have heating values
below minimal allowable limits. These gases must be blended with other fuel to
raise the heating value to above the required limit. Coke Oven and/or Natural
Gases or hydrocarbons such as propane or butane can be utilized to accomplish
this.


 


2.3.2                     Coke
Oven Gases


 


Coke oven gases are high in H2 and H4C and may be used as fuel
for single annular combustion (SAC) systems, but are not suitable for Dry Low
Emissions (DLE) combustion applications. These fuels often contain trace
amounts of heavy hydrocarbons, which when burned could lead to carbon buildup
on the fuel nozzles. The heavy hydrocarbons must be “scrubbed” or removed from
the fuel prior to delivery to the gas turbine.


 


2.3.3                     COREX
Gases


 


COREX gases are similar to oxygen blown gasified fuels,
and may be treated as such. They are usually lower in H2 content and have lower heating values than
oxygen blown gasified fuels. Further combustion related guidelines could be
found in Bureau of Mines Circulars 503 and 622.


 


2.3.4                     Hydrogen


 


The presence of gaseous hydrogen in the fuel can present
special problems due to the high flame speed and high temperatures associated
with combustion, and the very wide flammability limits of this gas. Treatment
of fuels containing hydrogen are separated into three categories, less than 5%
by volume, 6% to 30% by volume and over 30%. If the hydrogen fuel content is 5%
or less, no special precautions are necessary and starting on this fuel mixture
can be permissible, assuming there are no other restrictive substances in the
mix.


 


For fuels containing more than 5%, but 30% or less
hydrogen, an alternative starting fuel may be required by local safety codes
and a special exhaust system purge cycle is incorporated into the gas turbine
start sequence to eliminate accumulated fuels from an aborted start. In
addition, special high point venting is required for both the fuel gas and
turbine compartments since the fuel constituents are normally lighter than air.
The vents hold the compartment at a slight vacuum relative to local ambient.
Special precautions must also be taken to completely seal the fuel delivery
system from leaks. Consult the local authorities for specific local safety
codes.


 


4

















 


	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  



 


If the fuel contains more than 30% hydrogen, electrical
devices used in the fuel gas and turbine compartments should be certified for
use in Group B (explosive) atmospheres. Consult the local authorities for
specific local safety codes.


 


2.4                               Refinery
Gases


 


Many hydrocarbon fuels contain olefin hydrocarbon
compounds which have been thought to prohibit their use in aeroderivative gas
turbines.


 


Fuel temperature is also a consideration in order to use
standard fuel nozzles and to avoid the possibilities of fuel polymerization.
Maximum fuel temperature of 125°F (52° C) is recommended. It may be possible to go as high
as 190°F (88° C), but this may require non-standard fuel nozzle
sizing and should be considered on a case by case basis. Please contact GE for
assistance.


 


Because refinery gas fuels usually have significant higher
hydrocarbon and olefin content the combustor flame temperatures are typically
higher, resulting in higher than normal (high methane gas) NOx emissions.
Contact GE for effect on emissions.


 


3                                         FUEL
PROPERTIES 


 


3.1                               Heating
Value


 


A fuel’s heat of combustion, or heating value, is the
amount of energy, expressed in Btu (British thermal unit), generated by the
complete combustion, or oxidation, of a unit weight of fuel. The amount of heat
generated by complete combustion is a constant for a given combination of
combustible elements and compounds.


 


For most gaseous fuels, the heating value is determined by
using a constant pressure, continuous type calorimeter. This is the industry
standard. In these units, combustible substances are burned with oxygen under
essentially constant pressure conditions. In all fuels that contain hydrogen,
water vapor is a product of combustion, which impacts the heating value. In a
bomb calorimeter, the products of combustion are cooled to the initial
temperature and all of the water vapor formed during combustion is condensed. The
result is the HHV, or higher heating value, which includes the heat of
vaporization of water. The LHV, or lower heating value, assumes all products of
combustion including water remain in the gaseous state, and the water heat of
vaporization is not available.


 


3.2                               Modified
Wobbe Index Range


 


While gas turbines can operate with gases having a very
wide range of heating values, the amount of variation that a single specific
fuel system can accommodate is much less. Variation in heating value as it
affects gas turbine operation is expressed in a term identified as modified
Wobbe Index (Natural Gas, E. N. Tiratsoo, Scientific Press Ltd., Beaconsfield,
England, 1972). This term is a measurement of volumetric energy and is
calculated using the Lower Heating Value (LHV) of the fuel, specific gravity of
the fuel with respect to air at ISO conditions, and the fuel temperature, as
delivered to the gas turbine. The mathematical definition is as follows:


 


Modified Wobbe Index =LHV/(SGgas x T)1/2


 


This is equivalent to:


 


Modified Wobbe Index =LHV/[(MWgas/28.96)
x T]  1/2


 


	
  Where:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  LHV

  	
  =

  	
  Lower Heating Value of the Gas Fuel (Btu/scf)

  
	
  SGgas

  	
  =

  	
  Specific Gravity of the Gas Fuel relative to Air

  
	
  MWgas

  	
  =

  	
  Molecular Weight of the Gas Fuel

  
	
  T

  	
  =

  	
  Absolute Temperature of the Gas Fuel (Rankine)

  
	
  28.96

  	
  =

  	
  Molecular Weight of Dry Air

  



 


5

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  	
   

  	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  



 


The allowable modified Wobbe Index range is established to
ensure that required fuel nozzle pressure ratios be maintained during all
combustion/turbine modes of operation. When multiple gas fuels are supplied
and/or if variable fuel temperatures result in a Modified Wobbe Index that
exceed the ± 10% limitation, independent fuel gas trains, which
could include control valves, manifolds and fuel nozzles, may be required for
standard combustion systems. For DLE applications the Wobbe Index range must be
between 40 and 60. An accurate analysis of all gas fuels, along with fuel gas
temperature profiles shall be submitted to GE for proper evaluation.


 


3.3                               Superheat
Requirement


 


The superheat requirement is established to ensure that
the fuel gas supplied to the gas turbine is 100% free of liquids. Dependent on
its constituents, gas entrained liquids could cause degradation of gas fuel
nozzles, and for DLE applications, premixed flame flashbacks or re-ignitions. A
minimum of 50°F (28° C)
of superheat is required and is specified to provide enough margin to
compensate for temperature reduction due to pressure drop across the gas fuel
control valves.


 


3.4                               Flammability
Ratio


 


Fuel gases containing hydrogen and/or carbon monoxide will
have a ratio of rich to lean flammability limits that is significantly larger
than that of natural gas. Typically, gases with greater than 5% hydrogen by
volume fall into this range and require a separate startup fuel. Consult the
local authorities for specific local safety codes.


 


Fuel gases with large percentage of an inert gas such as
nitrogen or carbon dioxide will have a ratio of rich—to—lean flammability
limits less than that of pure natural gas. Flammability ratios of less than 2.2
to 1 as based on volume at ISO conditions (14.696 psia and 59°F
(101.325 kPa and 15°C)), may
experience problems maintaining stable combustion over the full operating range
of the turbine.


 


3.5                               Gas
Constituent Limits


 


Gas constituents are not specifically limited except to
the extent described in Fuel Gas Classification. These limitations are set
forth to assure stable combustion through all gas turbine loads and modes of
operation. Limitations are more stringent for DLE combustion systems where “premixed”
combustion is utilized. A detailed gas analysis shall be furnished to GE for
proper evaluation.


 


3.6                               Gas Fuel
Supply Pressure


 


Gas fuel supply pressure requirements are dependent on the
gas turbine model and combustion design, the fuel gas analysis and unit
specific site conditions. Minimum and maximum supply pressure requirements can
be determined by GE for specific applications.


 


4                                         CONTAMINANTS


 


Dependent on the type of fuel gas, the geographical
location and the forwarding means there is the potential for the “raw” gas
supply to contain one or more of the following contaminants:


 


1. Tar, lamp black, coke


2. Water, salt water


3. Sand, clay


4. Rust


5. Iron sulfide


6. Scrubber oil or liquid


7. Compressor Lube oil


8. Naphthalene


9. Gas Hydrates


 


It is critical that the fuel gas is properly conditioned
prior to being utilized as gas turbine fuel. This conditioning can be performed
by a variety of methods. These include but are not limited to media filtration,
inertial separation,


 


6

















 


	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  



 


coalescing and fuel heating. Trace metal, particulate and
liquid contamination limits are given below. These limits are given in parts
per million by weight (ppmw) corrected to the actual heating value of the fuel.
It is critical that fuel gas conditioning equipment be designed and sized so that
these limits are not exceeded.


 


4.1                               Particulate


 


Contamination limits for particulates are established to
prevent fouling and excessive erosion of hot gas path parts, erosion and
plugging of combustion fuel nozzles and erosion of the gas fuel system control
valves. The utilization of gas filtration or inertial separation is required.
The filtration level should be a beta ratio of 200 minimum (efficiency of
99.5%) at 5μ or less. The total particulate should not exceed 30 ppm by weight.
GE requires the use of stainless steel piping downstream of this last level of
filtration.


 


4.2                               Liquids


 


No liquids are allowed in the gas turbine fuel gas supply.
Liquids contained in the fuel can result in nuisance and/or hardware damaging
conditions. These include rapid excursions in firing temperature and gas
turbine load, primary zone re-ignition and flashback of premixed flames, and
when liquids carry over past the combustion system, melting of hot gas path
components. When liquids are identified in the gas supply, separation and
heating is employed to achieve the required superheat level.


 


4.3                               Sulfur


 


There is no specific limit on natural gas fuel sulfur
content if the engine is used in an application where both the fuel and
environment are free of alkali metals. There are several concerns
relative to the levels of sulfur contained in the fuel gas supply. Many of
these are not directly related to the gas turbine but to associated equipment
and emissions requirements. These concerns include but are not limited to:


 


4.3.1                     Hot Gas
Path Corrosion


 


Typically, use of sulfur bearing fuels will not be limited
by concerns for corrosion in the turbine hot gas path unless alkali metals are
present. Sodium, potassium and other alkali metals are not normally found in
natural gas fuels, but are typically found to be introduced in the compressor
inlet air in marine environments, as well as in certain adverse industrial
environments. The total amount of sulfur and alkali metals from
all sources shall be limited to form the equivalent of 0.6 ppm of alkali metal
sulfates in the fuel. Unless sulfur levels are extremely low, alkali levels are
usually limiting in determining hot corrosion of hot gas path materials. For
low Btu gases, the fuel contribution of alkali metals at the turbine inlet is
increased over that for natural gas and the alkali limit in the fuel is
therefore decreased. The total amount of alkali metals (a) in
gas fuels used with engines having marinized (corrosion-resistant) coatings on
the high pressure turbine blading shall not exceed 0.2 ppm (b).


 






(a)                                       Sodium, potassium, and
lithium. Experience has shown that sodium is by far the preponderant alkali
metal, if any, found in gaseous fuels.


 


(b)                                      This limit assumes zero
alkali metals in the inlet air or injected water or steam. When actual levels
are above zero, the maximum allowable sodium content of the fuel must be
reduced in accordance with the following relationship:


 


	
  ppm sodium inlet air x Air/Fuel Ratio

  	
   

  	
  =

  
	
  ppm sodium in water or steam x

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  Water or Steam ratio

  	
   

  	
  =

  
	
   

  	
  Fuel

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ppm sodium in fuel

  	
   

  	
  =

  
	
  Total fuel equivalence for sodium from all

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  sources not to exceed

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.2 ppm

  	
   

  



 


7

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  	
   

  	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  



 


4.3.2                     HRSG
Corrosion


 


If heat recovery equipment is used, the concentration of
sulfur in the fuel gas must be known so that the appropriate design for the
equipment can be specified. Severe corrosion from condensed sulfuric acid
results if a heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) has metal temperatures below
the sulfuric acid dew point. Contact the HSRG supplier for additional
information.


 


4.3.3                     Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Deposition


 


Units utilizing ammonia injection downstream of the gas
turbine for NOx control can experience the formation of deposits containing
ammonium sulfate and bisulfate on low temperature evaporator and economizer
tubes. Such deposits are quite acidic and therefore corrosive. These deposits,
and the corrosion that they cause, may also decrease HRSG performance and
increase backpressure on the gas turbine. Deposition rates of ammonium sulfate
and bisulfate are determined by the sulfur content of the fuel, ammonia content
in the exhaust gas, tube temperature and boiler design. Fuels having sulfur levels
above those used as odorants for natural gas should be reported to GE . In
addition, the presence of minute quantities of chlorides in the inlet air may
result in cracking of AISI 300 series stainless steels in the hot gas path.
Contact the SCR supplier for additional information.


 


4.3.4                     Exhaust
Emissions


 


Sulfur burns mostly to sulfur dioxide, but 5% to 10%
oxidizes to sulfur trioxide. The latter can result in sulfate formation, and
may be counted as particulate matter in some jurisdictions. The remainder will
be discharged as sulfur dioxide. To limit the discharge of acid gas, some
localities may restrict the allowable concentration of sulfur in the fuel.


 


4.3.5                     Elemental
Sulfur Deposition


 


Solid elemental sulfur deposits can occur in gas fuel
systems downstream of pressure reducing stations or gas control valves under
certain conditions. These conditions may be present if the gas fuel contains
elemental sulfur vapor, even when the concentration of the vapor is a few parts
per billion by weight. Concentrations of this magnitude cannot be measured by
commercially available instrumentation and deposition cannot therefore be
anticipated based on a standard gas analysis. Should deposition take place,
fuel heating will be required to maintain the sulfur in vapor phase and avoid
deposition. A gas temperature of 130°F (54°C) or higher may be required at the inlet to the gas control valves to
avoid deposition, depending on the sulfur vapor concentration. The sulfur vapor
concentration can be measured by specialized filtering equipment. If required,
GE can provide further information on this subject.


 


8

















 


	
  Fuel Gases for
  Combustion in AeroDerivative Gas Turbines

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1

  



 


APPENDIX 1 – DEFINITIONS 


 


Dew Point


 


This is the temperature at which the first liquid droplet
will form as the gas temperature is reduced. Common liquids found in gas fuel
are hydrocarbons, water and glycol. Each has a separate and measurable dew
point. The dew point varies considerably with pressure and both temperature and
pressure must be stated to properly define the gas property. Typically, the
hydrocarbon dew point will peak in the 300 to 600 psia (2068 to 4137 kPa)
range.


 


Dry Saturated
Conditions


 


The gas temperature is at, but not below or above, the dew
point temperature. No free liquids are present 


 


Gas Hydrates


 


Gas hydrates are semi–solid materials that can cause
deposits that plug instrumentation lines, control valves and filters. They are
formed when free water combines with one or more of the C1 through C4
hydrocarbons. Typically the formation will take place downstream of a pressure
reducing station where the temperature drop is sufficient to cause moisture
condensation in a region of high turbulence. Because hydrates can cause major
problems in the gas distribution network, the moisture content is usually
controlled upstream at a dehydration process station.


 


Gas Hydrate Formation
Line


 


This is similar to the dew point line except the
temperature variation with pressure is much less. The hydrate line is always
below or at the moisture dew point line as free water must exist in order for
hydrates to form. Maintaining 50°F of superheat above the moisture
dew point will eliminate hydrate formation problems.


 


Glycol


 


Glycol is not a natural constituent of natural gas but is
introduced during the dehydration process. Various forms of glycol are used,
diethylene and triethylene glycol being two most common. In some cases glycol
is injected into the pipeline as a preservative. In most cases, glycol may only
be a problem during commissioning of a new pipeline or if an upset has taken
place at an upstream dehydration station.


 


Superheat


 


This is defined as the difference between the gas
temperature minus the liquid dew point. The difference is always positive or
zero. A negative value implies that the value is being measured at two
differing states of pressure and temperature and is not valid. A measured gas
temperature below the theoretical dew point means that the gas is in a wet
saturated state with free liquids present.


 


Saturation Line


 


This is the same as the dew point line.


 


Wet Saturated
Conditions


 


A point where a mixture consists of both vapor and
liquids.


 


9
















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
  MID-TD-0000-6

  
	
   

  	
  October 2007

  



 


Lubricating Oil Specification for GE


Aircraft Derivative Gas Turbines


 


This document provides the requirements and
application guidelines for selection of lubricating oils which can be
satisfactorily utilized in GE Marine and Industrial Aeroderivative
Applications. It is recommended that the lubricating oil selected be reviewed
with GE prior to its use.


 


1.0          Oil Specifications


 


Oils conforming to the US Department of
Defense (DoD) Specifications shown in paragraph 2.1 are acceptable for use in
GE Aircraft Derivative gas turbines, provided they are listed on the Qualified
Product List (QPL) for the specific Specification.


 


1.1          Commercial Specifications


 


Commercially available synthetic based
lubricating oils, per the Supplier’s Specification, are acceptable for use in
GE Aircraft Derivative gas turbines, provided they are listed in Section 4
of this document. Such oils largely conform to the primary requirements of the
oils in Section 1.0, but certain variations have been approved. Such oils
have been qualified by the Supplier to meet the requirements of this document.


 


2.0          Applicable Documents


 


The following documents shall form a part of
this document to the extent specified herein. Unless a particular issue is
specified, the latest revision shall apply.


 


2.1          US DoD Specifications


 


	
  MIL-PRF-23699

  	
   

  	
  Lubricating Oil, Aircraft Turbine Engines, Synthetic Base,
  Class STD

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MIL-L-7808

  	
   

  	
  Lubricating Oil, Aircraft Turbine Engines, Synthetic Base, Type 1

  



 


2.2          American Society of Testing and
Materials.


 


The following documents are available from
American Society for Testing and Materials, Customer Service, 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959:


 


	
  ASTM D2532

  	
   

  	
  Low Temperature Viscosity

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D97 

  	
   

  	
  Pour Point 

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D445

  	
   

  	
  Kinetic Viscosity

  



 


1

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-6

  	
  GE Energy

  
	
  May 2004

  	
   

  



 


3.0          Requirements


 


The lubricating oil shall conform to the
requirements of MIL- PRF -23699, however, exceptions to the following
requirements will be considered:


 


·                  Low temperature Viscosity when tested per ASTM
D2532.


 


·                  Pour Point when tested per ASTM D97.


 


·                  Viscosity at 40°C and
100°C when tested per ASTM D445


 


·                  Base Stock Composition


 


The specific variations to MIL-PRF-23699 shall
be provided by the oil supplier, along with performance difference impacts, for
review by GE.


 


3.1          Material Compatibility


 


The lubricating oil shall be compatible with
the same elastomer seal and metallic materials as the MIL-PRF-23699 compliant
lubricating oils are.


 


The lubricating oil shall be mixable with
MIL-PRF-23699 or MIL-L-7808 compliant oil in a ratio of up to 5% of either oil,
without adversely affecting the property integrity of the majority, or
operating, oil. Mixing of oils is not intended, but will result due to engine
location changes.


 


4.0          Qualification


 


Lubricating oil shall be considered qualified
and acceptable for use in GE Aircraft Derivative gas turbines demonstrating
conformance to the requirements and after being listed in paragraph 4.4. The
qualification program shall be carried out by the oil supplier in conjunction
with a sponsoring gas turbine owner/operator. GE’s participation will be
limited to technical consultation, review and final approval only.


 


4.1          Performance Tests


 


The oil supplier shall conduct tests in
accordance with the requirements of MIL-PRF-23699 and compare the results with
the requirements stated therein. All results, and specifically the variations
to MIL-PRF-23699 requirements, shall be reviewed with GE prior to initiation of
Service Evaluation Testing. Specifically, the material presented for review
shall include, as minimum, the following:


 


·                  Physical/Chemical Properties and variations to
MIL-PRF-23699


 


·                  Expected impact to operating systems due to
Property variations


 


·                  Material Compatibility Lists & Test
results


 


·                  Oil Coking Test Results


 


2

















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
  MID-TD-0000-6

  
	
   

  	
  October 2007

  



 


4.2          Service Evaluation Tests


 


The oil shall undergo service evaluation
testing in a LM Series gas turbine application(s). The sponsoring operator
will accept total responsibility for all results related to operating with the
candidate lubricating oil. The service evaluation engine shall have a known
hardware condition baseline, based on depot inspection or new delivery,
immediately prior to the service evaluation test.


 


Service evaluation testing shall be conducted
on a minimum of three LM series gas turbines, each accumulating at least 8,000
operating hours, at a baseload operating site, prior to inspection. During
operation, periodic oil samples shall be tested and trended for physical and
chemical property changes. Inspection shall be performed at an authorized
depot, and shall be in accordance with the applicable repair manual.


 


Inspection shall be focused on the oil wetted
parts, including the bearings, gears, elastomer seals, sump oil seals,
actuators, and lube/hydraulic pumps. GE will be permitted to witness any of the
inspections, at the discretion of GE.


 


4.3          Qualification Report


 


The oil supplier, and/or operator, shall
prepare and submit a Final Qualification Report to GE. The report shall
include, as a minimum, the following:


 


·                  Oil Brand Description including the complete
formulation


 


·                  Certified physical, chemical and performance test
results


 


·                  Material Safety Data Sheets


 


·                  Service evaluation test history including all
significant operational and maintenance events


 


·                  Service evaluation oil sample trending results


 


·                  Final depot engine inspection results


 


Upon final review and approval of the Final
Qualification Report by GE, the candidate oil will be included on the approved
oils list.


 


Formulation changes affecting any approved
performance characteristics must be reviewed with GE for impact on
qualification results.


 


4.4          Approved Lubricating Oils


 


In addition to the oils listed on QPL-23699 (Class STD)
and QPL-7808, (Qualified Products List), the following lubricating oils are
approved for use in GE Aero Derivative gas turbines and gas generators:


 


1.             None at this time.


 


3

















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
  MID-TD-0000-3

  
	
   

  	
  June 2004

  



 


Requirements for Water and Steam
Purity for


Injection in Aero Derivative Gas
Turbines


 


1.1                              Scope


 


This document establishes the purity
requirements for water for NOx suppression and SPRINT® injection into gas turbine engines
and for Steam for injected into the gas turbine whether for NOx suppression or
power augmentation.


 


1.2                              Definitions


 


For the purpose of this specification, the
following definitions shall apply:


 


NOx Suppression Water - Water introduced into
the engine combustor for the purpose of suppressing the oxides of nitrogen
(NOx) in the engine exhaust gases.


 


SPRINT® Water –
Water introduced into the engine inlet or into the high pressure compressor
inlet for purpose of power enhancement.


 


2.                                     Applicable Documents


 


2.1                              American Society of Testing and Materials
Publications.


 


	
  ASTM D512

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Chloride Ion in Water

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D516

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Sulfate Ion in Water

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D859

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Silica in Water

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D1066

  	
   

  	
  Standard Practice for Sampling Steam

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D1125

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Electrical Conductivity and Resistivity of
  Water 

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D3370

  	
   

  	
  Standard Practices for Sampling Water from closed Conduits

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D4191

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Sodium in Water by Atomic Absorbtion
  Spectography

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D4192

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Potassium in Water by Atomic Absorbtion
  Spectography

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D5907

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for Filterable and Non-Filterable Matter in
  Water

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ASTM D5464

  	
   

  	
  Standard Test Method for pH of Water with Low Conductivity

  



 


1

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-4

  	
  GE Energy

  
	
  June 2004

  	
   

  



 


2.2                              Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Test Methods


 


	
  EPA 160.3

  	
   

  	
  Residue, Non-Filterable and Total Suspended Solids

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EPA 150.1

  	
   

  	
  pH Electrometric

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EPA 120.1

  	
   

  	
  Conductance, Specific Conductance at 25°C

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EPA 200.7 

  	
   

  	
  Metals & Trace Elements

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EPA 325.3

  	
   

  	
  Chloride, Titrimetric Mercuric Nitrate

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EPA 375.4

  	
   

  	
  Sulfate, Turbidimetric

  



 


3.                                     Water Requirements


 


3.1                              Water Sampling Requirements


 


The sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM
D3370. A minimum of one (1) gallon or four (4) liters shall be
supplied.


 


3.2                              Water Purity Requirements


 


The water shall meet the following
requirements when tested in accordance with the designated test method:


 


	
   

  	
   

  	
  Limit

  	
   

  	
  Test Method

  
	
  Total Suspended Solids and Total
  Dissolved Solids, mg/L, max

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D5907 or

  EPA 160.3

  
	
  pH

  	
   

  	
  6.0 - 8.0

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D5464 or

  EPA 150.1

  
	
  Conductivity, μS/cm at 25°C

  	
   

  	
  <1.0

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D1125 or

  EPA 120.1

  
	
  Sodium + potassium, ppm, max

  	
   

  	
  See 3.3

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D4191 and D4192 or

  EPA 200.7

  
	
  Silica (SiO2), mg/L, max.

  	
   

  	
  0.1

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D859 or

  EPA 200.7

  
	
  Chlorides, mg/L, max

  	
   

  	
  0.5

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D512 or

  EPA 325.3

  
	
  Sulfates, mg/L, max

  	
   

  	
  0.5

  	
   

  	
  ASTM D516 or

  EPA 375.4

  



 


2

















 


	
  GE Energy

  	
  MID-TD-0000-3

  
	
   

  	
  June 2004

  



 


3.3          Sodium & Potassium Limits in
Water or Steam


 


The maximum amount of NA + K allowed in the
water or steam injected into the engine depends upon the total NA + K
contamination from all sources; i.e., from the fuel, air, water and steam. The
maximum Na + K allowed is determined from the equation:


 


(ppmFuel)
+ (ppmAir)*A/F + (ppmWater)*W/F + (ppmSteam)*S/F = 0.2 ppm 


 


	
  Where:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ppmFuel

  	
  =

  	
  Parts per million Na + K in fuel

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ppmAir

  	
  =

  	
  Parts per million Na + K in Air

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ppmWater

  	
  =

  	
  Parts per million Na + K in water

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ppmSteam

  	
  =

  	
  Parts per million Na + K in steam

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  A/F

  	
  =

  	
  Air/Fuel Ratio (Wt. Basis)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  W/F

  	
  =

  	
  Water/Fuel Ratio (Wt. Basis)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  S/F

  	
  =

  	
  Steam/Fuel Ratio (Wt. Basis)

  



 


3.4          Water Filtration Requirements


 


The water shall contain no particles larger
than 20 microns absolute.


 


3

















 


	
  MID-TD-0000-4

  	
  GE Energy

  
	
  June 2004

  	
   

  



 


4.0          Steam Requirements


 


4.1          Steam Purity


 


The Steam shall meet the following
requirements when tested in accordance with the designated test method:


 


·                  Sodium + Potassium (Na +K) – See paragraph 3.3


 


·                  Total Conductivity (Cation + Anion)


 


Normal:                                  <1.5 μS/cm (95% of operation time)


Abnormal:                             < 2.0 μS/cm (5% of operating time)


 


·                  Total Solids


 


The maximum total solids depends on the
steam/fuel weight ratios at which the gas turbine is to operate in the specific
application. The value is determined form the following figure. Contaminant
size shall not exceed 250 microns. With the exception of silica, there is no
differentiation between types of solids as long as other limitations of this
section are met. Silica in the steam is limited to 20 ppb.


 





 


4.2          Steam Sampling


 


Steam samples should be taken in accordance
with ASTM D1066.


 


4






 












 


Attachment 2 -
Schedule Options


 


60

















 


Schedule of Options


 


This schedule of options is designed to
describe only those options that have either been quoted separately to the
Buyer or have not yet been elected by the Buyer as of the Effective Date of
this Contract.  The Buyer shall have the
right to select the below options in accordance with the provisions set forth
below. If elected, the Parties shall execute a Change Order and the price for
these options shall be added to the Contract Price set forth in Article 3
of the Contract.


 


	
  Proposal

  Reference

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Addition to

  Contract Price

  US Dollars

  	
   

  	
  Deadline for Exercise

  Of Option

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Lineside Cubicle Entry

  	
   

  	
  Top Bus Duct Entry

  	
   

  	
  $0

  	
   

  	
  On or before either the

  Order Definition Meeting or

  October 15, 2008

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Lineside Cubicle Entry

  	
   

  	
  Top Cable Entry

  	
   

  	
  $0

  	
   

  	
  On or before either the

  Order Definition Meeting or

  October 15, 2008

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Attachment 1

  	
   

  	
  Optional Gas Turbine Generator Set

  	
   

  	
  $18,082,000

  	
   

  	
  On or before January 31, 2009

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Section 14.1

  	
   

  	
  6-month Passive Warranty Extension

  	
   

  	
  $90,000 / Unit

  	
   

  	
  On or before either the

  Order Definition Meeting or

  October 15, 2008

  



 


Optional Lineside Cubicle Entry Configuration


 


Top Bus Duct Entry


 


The standard lineside cubicle is configured
for bottom cable entry.  With this
option, the lineside cubicle is configured for top bus duct entry.


 


Top Cable Entry


 


The standard lineside cubicle is configured for bottom cable
entry.  With this option, the lineside
cubicle is configured for top cable entry.


 


Optional Gas Turbine Generator Set


 


The Buyer shall have a one-time option to purchase One (1) additional
Unit at the pricing provided for in the above table.  This option, if executed in accordance with
these provisions, is subject to prior sale. 
The Buyer may elect to exercise this option at the Buyer’s sole
discretion, provided that the Buyer executes a Change Order on or before January 31,
2009.  The purchase of an additional Unit
pursuant to the exercise of such option will be subject to the terms and 


 


61

















 


conditions of this Contract, except as otherwise provided herein, and
shall be done in accordance with the Change Order provisions of this Contract.  The Scheduled Delivery Date for the optional
Unit will be within the timeframe of July 1, 2010 and September 30,
2010 and will be at Seller’s discretion. 
Provided that the Scheduled Delivery Date for the optional Unit is set
no later than September 30, 2010, then the Contract Price of such Unit
will be as set forth above.


 


6-Month Passive Warranty Extension


 


Seller has an option to extend the 30-month duration in Section 14.1
(iii) to 36-months by executing a Change Order in accordance with the
provisions of this Contract for the price in the above table.


 


62

















 


Attachment 3 -
Lien Waiver Form


 


63

















 


Waiver of Lien


 


The undersigned, GE Packaged Power, Inc.
(Seller), for and in consideration of payments for work performed and materials
furnished to
                                    
(Buyer), pursuant to the Contract between the Seller and the Buyer dated
                            ,
hereby waives and releases any and all liens and claims or right to liens on
the assets of the Buyer, including, but not limited to the work performed and
the materials furnished pursuant to the Contract, provided that Buyer remits
payment for the following outstanding invoices:


 


All bills or accounts for labor, material and
services furnished in performance with the Contract will be paid by Seller to
its Suppliers in accordance with the contractual terms of the agreements
between the relevant Suppliers and Seller and Seller shall indemnify Buyer
against any such failure of Seller to pay its debts to Suppliers when due.


 


Dated this
                  
day of
                                                            200  .


 


 


	
   

  	
  Seller

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (GE Packaged Power, Inc.)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (Signature of Officer)

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  (Printed Name Of Officer)

  



 


64

















 


Attachment 4 -
Scheduled Delivery Date(s)


 


65

















 


	
  Unit Number

  	
   

  	
  Equipment Description

  	
   

  	
  Scheduled Delivery Date

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Unit #1

  	
   

  	
  LM6000 Gas Turbine Generator (GTG) Package

  	
   

  	
  18 September 2009

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Unit #2

  	
   

  	
  LM6000 Gas Turbine Generator (GTG) Package

  	
   

  	
  23 October 2009

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Unit #3

  	
   

  	
  LM6000 Gas Turbine Generator (GTG) Package

  	
   

  	
  27 November 2009

  



 


66
















 


Attachment 5 - Test Procedures and Protocol


 


67

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


SPECIFICATION FOR GAS TURBINE
GENERATOR PERFORMANCE TEST MEASUREMENT (SGTGPTM) - LM6000PD SPRINT


 


I.                                        INTRODUCTION


 


An Owner’s acceptance of a
gas turbine power generation facility is usually preceded by proof of
compliance with specific performance requirements for the gas turbine generator
set(s).  GE Energy provided a performance
guarantee of Gross Power Output and Gross Heat Rate that is passed through to
the Owner.


 


If the Customer plans to
use the results of the field test as a basis to determine the fulfillment of
contractual requirements, a manufacturer’s representative will provide the
following field services:


 


·                  Supervise collection of data by owners,
operators, engineers or other qualified parties for the gas turbine generator
set.


·                  Validate calibration of pertinent instruments.


·                  Reduce the recorded data in accordance with the
manufacturing site performance data correction procedure.


·                  Issue a field performance test report.


 


II.                                    SCOPE AND PURPOSE


 


The primary purpose of
this test shall be to demonstrate the guaranteed generator electrical output
and heat rate for GE Aeroderivative Gas Turbine Generator (GTG).  The guarantee power level will be achieved
without exceeding specified engine control limits: High-pressure rotor speed,
high-pressure compressor discharge pressure and temperature, and low-pressure
turbine inlet temperature.  In addition the
guarantee power and heat rate will be achieved while ensuring that the GTG is
not running with any vibration alarms present.


 


Other tests, such
as emissions and noise, are typically identified by the permitting regulatory
agency and, therefore, not covered in this document.


 


The scopes of responsibilities,
for all parties involved in the performance test, are as follows:


 


·                  One GE ENERGY Test Engineer who is responsible
for supervising all aspects of the test.


·                  GE ENERGY and Customer representatives will be
responsible for recording the data that is being collected.


·                  The GE ENERGY test engineer performs the
computations of the test results.


·                  Personnel are to be provided by Customer to
assist in logging manual data or collecting fuel samples.


·                  One operator representing the Customer will be responsible
for operating the unit. The operator maybe assisted by GE ENERGY Controls
Technician.


·                  A compressor cleaning crew will be utilized for
an offline compressor water wash. This 


 


1

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


procedure is to be conducted no
more than three days prior to the performance test.


·                  In addition to the above, CUSTOMER, independent
engineers, and GE ENERGY may have observers on the site during the test.


 


III.                                TEST PROCEDURE


 


GE
Energy testing procedures are in general compliance with ASME PTC 22-1997.  Comments to ASME PTC 22-1997 are available for review.


 


A.                                  Test Setup


 


The customer will make
every effort to insure the test takes place before 200 fired hours have elapsed
on each gas turbine engine. Furthermore, the GTG must operate at steady base
load and in new and clean condition for 24 cumulative hours prior to commencing
the test.  GE Energy representatives
shall determine, in their sole discretion, whether the GTG meets these
criteria.


 


If more than 200 fired hours have elapsed before the
test, GE Energy shall have the right to inspect the turbine to determine the
condition of the unit. If, at GE Energy’s sole discretion, the subject unit is
not in new and clean condition, appropriate action shall be taken to put the
unit in new and clean condition. After 200 fired hours, degradation factors,
for gross power and gross heat rate, may be applied.


 


B.                                    Preparation


 


An off-line water wash is
to be conducted on the unit, no more than 3-days prior to the scheduled
performance test of initial unit.


 


Test instruments used for
determinations shall be calibrated in accordance to the National Institute of
Standards and Technology. GE Energy will provide calibration certificates for
instruments brought to site for the performance test. GE Energy on package
instrumentation providing signals to the unit’s Turbine Control Panel will be
checked and properly adjusted prior to testing. 
NOTE: 
Additional details of the instrument requirements are provided in Table 1 –Accuracy of Required Instruments at the end of
this document.


 


C.                                    Conduct of the Test


 


1.              Definition of Test Boundary


 


The test boundary
establishes the equipment to be included in the test. All input and output
energy streams must be determined with reference to the point at which they
cross the test boundary.


 


The test boundary
for this test includes the Gas Turbine Generator and Control Limits.


 


2

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


2.             Determination of GTG
Steady State Condition


 


Test data will be recorded only when the GTG is operating at a steady
state base load condition as defined by the following parameters:


 


	
  ·

  	
  Compressor Inlet Temperature, T2

  	
  ±4.0°F

  
	
  ·

  	
  Barometric Pressure

  	
  ±0.5%

  
	
  ·

  	
  Power Output

  	
  ±2.0%

  



 


3.             Test Duration and Number of Data Sets


 


One test point will be conducted over a (50) fifty-minute period. 
A test point is defined as six complete sets of instrument readings
recorded at (10) ten-minute intervals.


 


4.             Data Collection Methodology


 


Data collection methodology will be as follows:


 


·                  One GE ENERGY Test Engineer who is responsible
for supervising all aspects of the test.


·                  GE ENERGY and Customer representatives will be
responsible for recording the data that is being collected.


·                  Personnel are to be provided by Customer to
assist in logging manual data or collecting fuel samples.


·                  One operator, representing Customer, will be
responsible for operating the unit. The operator maybe assisted by GE ENERGY
Controls Technician


·                  Manually collected data:  Designated personnel provided by both GE
ENERGY and Customer will collect all test data manually.


·                  Automated data collection:  Aside from printed HMI screens, there is no
other automated data collection associated with this test.


·                  Data sampling frequency: A complete data set will
be collected once every ten (10) minutes.


 


The Customer and GE Energy representative will sign all
data sheets at the completion of the test. The Customer will be provided with
copies of all data sheets.  GE Energy
will retain the originals for use in preparing the official test report.


 


5.             Gas Fuel Analysis and Sampling


 


The owner will arrange for sampling and analysis of
fuel.  Analysis of fuel shall give
composition of the natural gas in mole %, HHV, LHV (per ASTM D-1945), and
specific gravity (per ASTM D-3588).  See
Appendix IV for analysis methods.


 


Three (3) fuel
samples are to be collected during the performance test. First sample at the
beginning of the test, second sample approximately 25 minutes into the test,
and the third sample at the conclusion of the test.  Sample bottles are to be marked with the
time, data, unit/sample number, and fuel temperature at time of test.


 


3

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


Two (2) of the three (3) samples are to be
sealed, labeled and sent off for analysis by GE Energy.  The third sample is to be held at the site
until such time as the results of the analyzed samples are reviewed and deemed
acceptable by GE Energy and Customer.


 


IV.                                INSTRUMENTS REQUIRED


 


Table 1 gives a general list of the test equipment,
recommended accuracies, and parties responsible for supplying such equipment to
conduct the performance test. GE will also provide the following equipment to
supplement any equipment not supplied by the customer:  power meter, barometer, psychrometer,
inlet plenum manometer, and exhaust duct manometer.


 


A.                                  Generator Power Output


 


Generator output shall be measured by a precision
3-phase wattmeter.


 


GE Energy
furnished current transformers are certified to ±0.3%
accuracy.  A total kW monitoring system
uncertainty of ±0.5% is attainable with this calibrated
system.


 


B.                                    Fuel Heat Input - Gaseous Fuels


 


The GTG package does not include a fuel meter.  Fuel flow is measured via flow metering
valves.  The accuracy of the flow
metering valves will not meet the required specification for performance test
fuel measurement.  Therefore the owner
will need to provide a fuel-measuring device, which will have an accuracy of ±0.8% or better.


 


Pressure at the fuel gas meter is to be measured with a
pressure transducer having ±0.25% accuracy. 
Temperature at the fuel gas meter is to be measured an accuracy of ±1°F.  Flow is
to be converted from Actual line conditions to Standard conditions.
Compressibility of the fuel will be determined using the performance test fuel
analysis.


 


C.                                    Engine Inlet Air Conditions


 


Ambient Dry, and Wet Bulb are to be measured with a
psychrometer shielded from direct sunlight. Relative Humidity is to be
determined using a psychometric chart.


 


Compressor Inlet Temperature (T2) will be measured using
the two RTDs located at the inlet of the compressor. Expected uncertainty
relative to true mean engine inlet temperature is ±1.0 F.


 


Barometric pressure at the test site shall be measured
with a barometer accurate to ±0.01 inches of mercury.


 


The engine inlet air relative humidity will be
equivalent to the ambient relative humidity. 
If the inlet air to the unit is evaporative cooled, the engine inlet
humidity shall 


 


4

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


then be determined using the ambient dry and wet bulb
temperatures, the compressor inlet temperature and a psychometric chart. A
total accuracy of ±0.001-inlet water/air ratio is expected.


 


Engine inlet pressure loss shall be measured with a
slack tube manometer with one line installed on the calibration valve of the P0
pressure transmitter and the other open to atmosphere.  A total accuracy of ±0.25 inches of water is assumed. 
Alternately, inlet pressure loss may be calculated by taking the
difference of barometric pressure and the P0 value.


 


D.                                   Engine Exhaust Static Pressure


 


For exhaust loss measurement a slack tube manometer will
be utilized if a connection port is made available.  The customer is responsible for supplying a 1⁄4”
test port connection for exhaust loss measurement.  GE does not provide test ports between the
turbine exhaust and exhaust stack, SCR, or boiler.


 


Engine exhaust static pressure shall be measured at the
discharge of the engine exhaust collector upstream of any heat recovery, catalytic
converter or sound attenuation equipment. A total accuracy of ±0.25 inches of water is assumed


 


Typically the
measurements taken between the exhaust duct and stack will fluctuate greatly
due to the short length of duct and turbulent flow.  Due to the fluctuating reading, an accurate
exhaust loss reading may not be achievable. 
Should this be the case, the design value for exhaust loss will be used.


 


V.                                   ENGINE LIMIT ASSESSMENT


 


The following Unit
Control Limit Parameters are to be recorded during the performance test for
engine limit assessment:


 


·                  High Pressure Rotor speed, XN25


·                  Compressor Discharge Pressure, PS3


·                  Compressor Discharge Temperature, T3


·                  Low Pressure Turbine Inlet Temperature, T48


 


VI.                               TEST EXECUTION


 


The GE
ENERGY Performance Engineer has the overall responsibility for starting and
stopping test, for directing plant operation and the test personnel, and for
all other aspects of the test execution. However, the test director may not
deviate from the test plan without prior mutual agreement by all parties to the
test.


 


5

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


A.                             Unit Operating
Conditions


 


1.             Permissible Mode of Unit Control:


 


All
Unit components will be operating within the respective manufacturer’s
specified continuous operating limits at base load. Test data will be recorded
only when GTG is at base load and at a control limit (T3, PS3, and/or T48), and
all test instrumentation are functioning satisfactory and in steady state
condition for at lease 30 minutes prior to testing.  Please Note: If unit is in XNSD control, MW
Limit Control, and/or Maximum or Minimum Fuel Control, then the performance
test will not be conducted.


 


2.             Operating Status of GTG Package Auxiliary Loads:


 


The
test should be conducted with normal auxiliary package service loads in
operation. All GTG Package Auxiliary and BOP equipment loads are to be excluded
from the test.


 


3.             Emissions:


 


Combustion
Mapping must be completed prior to the performance test to insure the GTG meets
the guarantee emission requirements.  The
performance test will not be conducted if emissions are in excess of the
guaranteed limits.


 


B.                             Permissible Variable
Deviations During Test Runs


 


1.             Typical Performance Test Restart
Situation:


 


Any deviation outside of the following limits will require at restart
of the performance test from that point forward until a complete 50-minute test
has been completed and the permissible variable deviations are with in the
limits listed.


 


	
  ·

  	
  Compressor Inlet Temperature

  	
  ±4.0°F

  
	
  ·

  	
  Barometric Pressure

  	
  ±0.5%

  
	
  ·

  	
  Power Output

  	
  ±2.0%

  



 


2.              Typical
Performance Test Abort Situation:


 


·                  SPRINT must be online for the performance test,
if SPRINT flow goes offline during the performance test, then the test will be
aborted.


·                  The unit must be at base load with
all systems operating (Inlet Heater if required, Inlet Chiller if applicable,
gas compressors if required, etc...). If any of these systems go offline during
the performance test, the test will be aborted.


·                  If the unit trips offline for any
reason, then the test will be aborted.


·                  Unit goes into Maximum or Minimum
Fuel Control.


 


The performance test will be restarted as soon as
the problem leading up to the abort situation is rectified.


 


6

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


VII.                           EVALUATION OF
TEST RESULTS


 


The Gas Turbine Generators are designed and guaranteed to produce a
certain output with a certain heat rate for a given set of ambient and
operating conditions. As the ambient conditions deviate from the design values,
the actual performance of the GTG changes. The ambient conditions at the time
of testing are likely to be different from the values stated in the basis of
guarantee. To account for these deviations from design ambient conditions,
site-specific correction will be applied to the raw data to derive equivalent
design condition results.


 


A.                                  Methodology for Data
Reduction


 


Procedure
to be used in the calculation of corrected results:


 


Where,


 


Gross Corrected Power  = Measured
Power at GT Generator Terminals Corrected for the Parameters Listed Appendix
II, Section A


 


Gross Corrected Heat Rate = Calculated Heat Rate Corrected for the
Parameters Listed Appendix II, Section A


 


B.                                    Method and criteria for
evaluation of test results with regard to guaranteed performance


 


GE ENERGY will evaluate
test data once test fuel analyses are received. 
Test data correction is performed in accordance with this document along
with site specific correction curves.


 


When
compliance decisions are required based on the test, the parties involved must
recognize the total tolerance due to measurement uncertainties associated with
each particular test result.


 


Each
measured test parameter’s tolerance is defined as twice the estimated standard
deviation (2 sigma).  The uncertainty in
the compliance parameter resulting from this tolerance is calculated for each
measured test parameter.  These
uncertainties are then combined by root-sum-square analysis to obtain the total
uncertainty for that compliance parameter. 
Table 2 illustrates typical uncertainty
calculations. The unit will be considered acceptable when the corrected test
results are equal or better than the guaranteed value with allowance for test
uncertainty.


 


A
full test report will be issued to the customer two weeks after the fuel analysis
has been received.


 


7

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


Table
1: Accuracy of Required Instruments


 


	
  Instruments

  	
   

  	
  Customer

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY

  	
   

  	
  Recommended

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Dry Engine Operation

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Recording wattmeter

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.5%

  	
   

  
	
  Potential transformers

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.3%

  	
   

  
	
  Current transformers

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  +0.3%

  	
   

  
	
  GT thermocouple system

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  +3.0°F

  	
   

  
	
  Primary fuel gas meter

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.8%

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel gas sampling device

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Lab

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel gas pressure sensor

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.25%

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel gas temperature sensor

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +1.0°F

  	
   

  
	
  Engine inlet temperature (2)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
  +1.°F

  	
   

  
	
  Ambient air thermocouples

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +1.°F

  	
   

  
	
  Barometer

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.015 in Hg.

  	
   

  
	
  Ambient air psychrometer

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +1.°F

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet plenum manometer

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.25in. H2O

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust duct manometers

  	
   

  	
  X

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  +0.25in. H2O

  	
   

  



 


8

















 


	
  g

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


Table 2: Instrument Uncertainty


 


	
  VARIABLE

  	
   

  	
  UNITS

  	
   

  	
  UNC

  	
   

  	
  Ni

  	
   

  	
  RSC

  	
   

  	
  Fi2

  	
   

  	
  RSS

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  POWER AT TEST

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CONDITIONS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  WATT-HOUR METER

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.5

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.2500

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PTs

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.3

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.0300

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CTs

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.3

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.0300

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MEASURED POWER UNC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.3100

  	
   

  	
  0.5568

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CORRECTED
  POWER

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MEASURED POWER

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.3100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  COMP INLET TEMP

  	
   

  	
  °F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0.303

  	
   

  	
  0.0459

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  BAROMETER

  	
   

  	
  PSIA

  	
   

  	
  0.007

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.043

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  INLET LOSS

  	
   

  	
  inH20

  	
   

  	
  0.25

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.086

  	
   

  	
  0.0005

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EXHAUST LOSS

  	
   

  	
  inH20

  	
   

  	
  0.25

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.025

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SPEC. HUMIDITY

  	
   

  	
  lb/lb

  	
   

  	
  0.001

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.092

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CONTROL TEMP

  	
   

  	
  °F

  	
   

  	
  2.00

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  0.237

  	
   

  	
  0.0281

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CORRECTED POWER UNC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.3845

  	
   

  	
  0.6201

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HEAT RATE (GAS FUEL)

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  AT TEST CONDITIONS

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FLOW METER

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.50

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.2500

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FUEL TEMP

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.20

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.0400

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FUEL PRESSURE

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.25

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.0625

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  FUEL ANALYSIS

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
  0.50

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.2500

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MEASURED POWER

  	
   

  	
  %

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.3100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MEASURED HEAT
  RATE UNC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.9125

  	
   

  	
  0.9552

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CORRECT
  HEAT RATE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MEASURED HEAT
  RATE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.9125

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  COMP INLET TEMP

  	
   

  	
  °F

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  0.055

  	
   

  	
  0.0015

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  BAROMETER

  	
   

  	
  PSIA

  	
   

  	
  0.007

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.006

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  INLET LOSS

  	
   

  	
  inH20

  	
   

  	
  0.25

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.027

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  EXHAUST LOSS

  	
   

  	
  inH20

  	
   

  	
  0.25

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.021

  	
   

  	
  0.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SPEC. HUMIDITY

  	
   

  	
  lb/lb

  	
   

  	
  0.001

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  0.050

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CORRECT HEAT RATE UNC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  0.9141

  	
   

  	
  0.9561

  	
   

  



 


Legend - UNC =
measurement uncertainty; Ni = number of instruments; RSCi = sensitivity
coefficient;


Fi
= (RSCi * UNCi/sqrtNi)^2; RSS = Root sum square


 


9
















 


Attachment 6 - Stamped Guarantee Sheet


 


68

















 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY

  



 


GUARANTEE

PROJECT: BPZ CALETA
CRUZ POWER PLANT

LOCATION: PERU


 


	
  KW
  AT GEN TERMS

  	
  47925

  	
   

  	
  EMISSIONS
  ARE VALID FOR T2 WITHIN 20F-100F

  
	
  BTU/KW-HR,
  LHV

  	
    8355

  	
   

  	
  AND
  A GTG LOAD DOWN TO 75%

  
	
  (KJ/KW-HR,
  LHV)

  	
    8815

  	
   

  	
  NOX:

  	
   

  	
  25
  PPMVD AT 15% O2

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (51
  mg/Nm3)

  
	
   

  	
  

  	
   

  	
  CO:

  	
   

  	
  25
  PPMVD AT 15% O2

  (31
  mg/Nm3)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  VOC:

  	
   

  	
  3
  PPMVD AT 15% O2

  
	
   

  	
  Daniele Marcucci

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (2
  mg/Nm3) 

  
	
   

  	
  Performance Engineer 

  	
   

  	
  PM10:

  	
   

  	
  4
  LB/HR

  
	
   

  	
  Date: 07/24/08

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  (2
  kg/hr)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOT
  VALID WITHOUT SIGNATURE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  VALID UNTIL 10/22/08

  



 


	
  BASIS OF GUARANTEE:

  	
   

  	
  BASE
  LOAD, GAS FUEL NOZZLE SYSTEM

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NO BLEED OR EXTRACTED POWER

  
	
  ENGINE:

  	
   

  	
  (1) GE
  LM6000PD-SPRINT DLE GAS TURBINE

  
	
  FUEL:

  	
   

  	
  21237Btu/lb / (49397 kJ/kg) LHV, GAS FUEL (#900-1883)

  
	
  FUEL SPEC:

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1 LATEST REVISION

  
	
  FUEL TEMP:

  	
   

  	
  SITE
  FUEL TEMPERATURE OF 126.0°F(52.2°C)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GENERATOR:

  	
   

  	
  MEID 800LL04

  
	
  GENERATOR OUTPUT

  	
   

  	
  13.8kV,
  60 Hz

  
	
  POWER FACTOR:

  	
   

  	
  > 0.9

  
	
  AMBIENT TEMP:

  	
   

  	
  89.8°F
  / (32.1°C)

  
	
  AMBIENT RH:

  	
   

  	
  60.4%

  
	
  INLET CONDITIONING:

  	
   

  	
  CHILL
  TO 46.0°F / (7.8°C) AT 95.0% RH

  
	
  ALTITUDE:

  	
   

  	
  120.0ft
  / (36.6m)

  
	
  INLET FILTER LOSS:

  	
   

  	
  < 5.00 inH2O / (127.0 mmH2O)

  
	
  EXHAUST
  LOSS:

  	
   

  	
  < 6.00 inH2O
  / (152.4 mmH2O)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SPRINT
  WATER FLOW:

  	
   

  	
  NOT TO EXCEED 10505 lb/hr

  
	
  NOX CONTROL:

  	
   

  	
  DLE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ENGINE CONDITION:

  	
   

  	
  NEW
  AND CLEAN < 200 SITE FIRED HOURS

  
	
  FIELD TEST
  METHODS

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PERFORMANCE:

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY SGTGPTM

  
	
  NOX:

  	
   

  	
  EPA METHOD 20

  
	
  CO:

  	
   

  	
  EPA METHOD 10

  
	
  VOC:

  	
   

  	
  EPA METHOD 25A/18

  
	
  PM10:

  	
   

  	
  EPA METHOD 5 / 202

  



 


BASIS OF GUARANTEE IS NOT
FOR DESIGN, REFER TO PROJECT DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. SI VALUES ARE
FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY.


 


THIS GUARANTEE SUPERSEDES ANY

PREVIOUS GUARANTEES PRESENTED


 


705100-100-CGER-N/A-4


 


1

















 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY

  



 


GUARANTEE


PROJECT:
BPZ CALETA CRUZ POWER PLANT


LOCATION:
PERU


 


	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  NEAR FIELD NOISE:

  
	
  KW AT GEN TERMS

  	
   

  	
  47925

  	
  85
  DB(A) ARITHMETIC AVERAGE SOUND

  
	
  BTU/KW-HR, LHV

  	
   

  	
    8355

  	
  PRESSURE LEVEL
  (dB REF 20

  
	
  (KJ/KW-HR, LHV)

  	
   

  	
    8815

   

  

   

  Daniele Marcucci

  Performance Engineer

  	
  MICROPASCALS,
  RMS) OF LOCATIONS AROUND THE PACKAGE (VERTICAL DISTANCE OF 5FT. (1.5M) ABOVE PACKAGE
  BASE AT A HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 3FT. (1M) FROM THE EXTERIOR PLANE OF
  EQUIPMENT AS TESTED IN A FREE-FIELD CONDITION 

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Date: 07/24/08

  	
  OVER A HARD
  REFLECTING GROUND 

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  PLANE,
  OPERATING AT BASE LOAD)

  
	
  THIS GUARANTEE
  COINCIDES WITH

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  THE PREVIOUS
  GUARANTEE ISSUED

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ON 07/24/2008

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  705100-100-CGER-N/A-0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOT VALID WITHOUT
  SIGNATURE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  VALID UNTIL 10/22/08

  



 


	
  BASIS OF GUARANTEE:

  	
   

  	
  BASE
  LOAD, GAS FUEL NOZZLE SYSTEM

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  NO BLEED OR EXTRACTED POWER

  
	
  ENGINE:

  	
   

  	
  (1) GE
  LM6000PD-SPRINT DLE GAS TURBINE

  
	
  FUEL:

  	
   

  	
  21237Btu/lb / (49397 kJ/kg) LHV, GAS FUEL (#900-1883)

  
	
  FUEL SPEC:

  	
   

  	
  MID-TD-0000-1 LATEST REVISION

  
	
  FUEL TEMP:

  	
   

  	
  SITE
  FUEL TEMPERATURE OF 126.0°F(52.2°C)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GENERATOR:

  	
   

  	
  MEID 800LL04

  
	
  GENERATOR OUTPUT

  	
   

  	
  13.8kV,
  60 Hz

  
	
  POWER FACTOR:

  	
   

  	
  > 0.9

  
	
  AMBIENT TEMP:

  	
   

  	
  89.8°F
  / (32.1°C)

  
	
  AMBIENT
  RH:

  	
   

  	
  60.4%

  
	
  INLET CONDITIONING:

  	
   

  	
  CHILL
  TO 46.0°F / (7.8°C) AT 95.0% RH

  
	
  ALTITUDE:

  	
   

  	
  120.0ft
  / (36.6m)

  
	
  INLET FILTER LOSS:

  	
   

  	
  < 5.00 inH2O / (127.0 mmH2O)

  
	
  EXHAUST
  LOSS:

  	
   

  	
  < 6.00 inH2O / (152.4 mmH2O)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SPRINT
  WATER FLOW:

  	
   

  	
  NOT TO EXCEED 10505 lb/hr

  
	
  NOX
  CONTROL:

  	
   

  	
  DLE

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  ENGINE CONDITION:

  	
   

  	
  NEW
  AND CLEAN < 200 SITE FIRED HOURS

  
	
  FIELD TEST METHODS

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NEAR FIELD
  NOISE:

  	
   

  	
  GE ACOUSTIC TESTING PROCEDURE AND ASME PTC-36-2004

  



 


BASIS OF GUARANTEE IS NOT
FOR DESIGN, REFER TO PROJECT DRAWINGS FOR DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. SI VALUES ARE
FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY.


 


THIS GUARANTEE SUPERSEDES ANY

PREVIOUS GUARANTEES PRESENTED


 


705100-100-CGER-N/A-4


 


2

















 


Estimated Average Engine Performance NOT FOR GUARANTEE, REFER TO
PROJECT F&ID FOR DESIGN


 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


	
  Performance By: 

  	
   

  	
  Daniele Marcucci

  	
   

  
	
  Project Info: 

  	
   

  	
  BPZ Caleta Cruz Power Plant

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine: 

  	
   

  	
  LM6000 PD-SPRINT

  	
   

  
	
  Deck
  Info: 

  	
   

  	
  G0125O - 8g8.scp

  	
  Date: 

  	
   

  	
  07/24/2008

  
	
  Generator:
  

  	
   

  	
  MEID 800LL04 60Hz, 13.8kV, 0.9PF
  (14849)

  	
  Time: 

  	
   

  	
  12:54:44 PM

  
	
  Fuel: 

  	
   

  	
  Site Gas Fuel#900-1883, 21237 Btu/lb,LHV

  	
  Version: 

  	
   

  	
  3.7.3

  



 


	
  Case #

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ambient Conditions

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Dry Bulb, °F

  	
   

  	
  89.8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wet Bulb, °F

  	
   

  	
  78.3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RH,%

  	
   

  	
  60.4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Altitude, ft

  	
   

  	
  120.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ambient Pressure, psia

  	
   

  	
  14.633

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine Inlet

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Comp Inlet Temp, °F

  	
   

  	
  46.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RH,%

  	
   

  	
  95.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Conditioning

  	
   

  	
  CHILL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Tons or kBtu/hr

  	
   

  	
  2128

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Pressure Losses

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet Loss, inH20

  	
   

  	
  5.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Volute Loss, inH20

  	
   

  	
  4.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Loss, inH20

  	
   

  	
  6.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kW, Gen Terms

  	
   

  	
  47925

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Est. Btu/kW-hr, LHV

  	
   

  	
  8188

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Guar. Btu/kW-hr, LHV

  	
   

  	
  8355

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel Flow

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  MMBtu/hr, LHV

  	
   

  	
  392.4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  18477

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOx Control

  	
   

  	
  DLE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SPRINT

  	
   

  	
  LPC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  8766

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control Parameters

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HP Speed, RPM

  	
   

  	
  10312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  LP Speed, RPM

  	
   

  	
  3600

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PS3 - CDP, psia

  	
   

  	
  457.4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  T3CRF - CDT, °F

  	
   

  	
  943

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  T48IN, °R

  	
   

  	
  2027

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  T48IN, °F

  	
   

  	
  1567

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Parameters

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Temperature, °F

  	
   

  	
  836.7

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  lb/sec

  	
   

  	
  292.8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  1054088

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Energy, Btu/s- Ref 0 °R

  	
   

  	
  96723

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Energy, Btu/s- Ref T2 °F

  	
   

  	
  60019

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Cp, Btu/lb-R

  	
   

  	
  0.2720

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Emissions
  (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  NOx ppmvd Ref 15% O2

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOx as NO2, lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  39

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO ppmvd Ref 15% O2

  	
   

  	
  25

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO, lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  24

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2, lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  51015

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC ppmvd Ref 15% O2

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC, lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SOX as SO2, lb/hr

  	
   

  	
  0.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 

















 


Estimated Average Engine Performance NOT FOR GUARANTEE, REFER TO
PROJECT F&ID FOR DESIGN


 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


	
  Performance By:

  	
   

  	
  Daniele Marcucci

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Project Info:

  	
   

  	
  BPZ Caleta Cruz Power Plant

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine:

  	
   

  	
  LM6000 PD-SPRINT

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Deck Info:

  	
   

  	
  G0125O - 8g8.scp

  	
   

  	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
  07/24/2008

  
	
  Generator:

  	
   

  	
  MEID 800LL04 60Hz, 13.8kV, 0.9PF (14849)

  	
   

  	
  Time:

  	
   

  	
  12:54:44 PM

  
	
  Fuel:

  	
   

  	
  Site Gas Fuel#900-1883, 21237 Btu/lb,LHV

  	
   

  	
  Version:

  	
   

  	
  3.7.3

  



 


	
  Case #

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exh
  Wght% Wet (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  AR

  	
   

  	
  1.2465

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  N2

  	
   

  	
  73.0910

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O2

  	
   

  	
  15.5104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2

  	
   

  	
  4.8397

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  H20

  	
   

  	
  5.3068

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SO2

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO

  	
   

  	
  0.0023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC

  	
   

  	
  0.0008

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOX

  	
   

  	
  0.0026

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exh
  Mole% Dry (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  AR

  	
   

  	
  0.9645

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  N2

  	
   

  	
  80.6469

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O2

  	
   

  	
  14.9830

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2

  	
   

  	
  3.3992

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  H20

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SO2

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO

  	
   

  	
  0.0025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC

  	
   

  	
  0.0015

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOX

  	
   

  	
  0.0025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exh Mole%
  Wet (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  AR

  	
   

  	
  0.8840

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  N2

  	
   

  	
  73.9165

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O2

  	
   

  	
  13.7326

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2

  	
   

  	
  3.1155

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  H20

  	
   

  	
  8.3455

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SO2

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO

  	
   

  	
  0.0023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC

  	
   

  	
  0.0014

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOX

  	
   

  	
  0.0023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


	
   

  	
   

  	
  900-1883 (BPZ Energy)

  	
   

  
	
  Aero Energy Fuel Number

  	
   

  	
  Volume%

  	
   

  	
  Weight %

  	
   

  
	
  Hydrogen

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Methane

  	
   

  	
  97.9000

  	
   

  	
  93.6587

  	
   

  
	
  Ethane

  	
   

  	
  0.7800

  	
   

  	
  1.3986

  	
   

  
	
  Ethylene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Propane

  	
   

  	
  0.2500

  	
   

  	
  0.6574

  	
   

  
	
  Propylene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Butane

  	
   

  	
  0.1600

  	
   

  	
  0.5546

  	
   

  
	
  Butylene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Butadiene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Pentane

  	
   

  	
  0.0500

  	
   

  	
  0.2151

  	
   

  
	
  Cyclopentane

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Hexane

  	
   

  	
  0.0300

  	
   

  	
  0.1542

  	
   

  
	
  Heptane

  	
   

  	
  0.4100

  	
   

  	
  2.4499

  	
   

  
	
  Carbon Monoxide

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Carbon Dioxide

  	
   

  	
  0.2200

  	
   

  	
  0.5774

  	
   

  
	
  Nitrogen

  	
   

  	
  0.2000

  	
   

  	
  0.3341

  	
   

  
	
  Water Vapor

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Oxygen

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Hydrogen Sulfide

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Ammonia

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Btu/lb, LHV

  	
   

  	
  21237

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Btu/scf, LHV

  	
   

  	
  941

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Btu/scf, HHV

  	
   

  	
  1043

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Btu/lb, HHV

  	
   

  	
  23536

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel Temp, °F

  	
   

  	
  126.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOx Scalar

  	
   

  	
  1.038

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Specific Gravity

  	
   

  	
  0.58

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine Exhaust

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Avg. Mol. Wt., Wet Basis

  	
   

  	
  28.3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, ACFM

  	
   

  	
  580605

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, SCFM

  	
   

  	
  225151

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, Btu/lb

  	
   

  	
  330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, Calories/s

  	
   

  	
  24374226

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet Flow Wet, pps

  	
   

  	
  288.9

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet Flow Dry, pps

  	
   

  	
  287.1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Shaft HP

  	
   

  	
  65387

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 

















 


Estimated Average Engine
Performance NOT FOR GUARANTEE, REFER TO PROJECT F&ID FOR DESIGN


 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


 


	
  Performance
  By:

  	
   

  	
  Daniele Marcucci

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Project Info:

  	
   

  	
  BPZ Caleta Cruz Power Plant

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine:

  	
   

  	
  LM6000
  PD-SPRINT

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Deck Info:

  	
   

  	
  G0125O
  - 8g8.scp

  	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
  07/24/2008

  
	
  Generator:

  	
   

  	
  MEID
  800LL04 60Hz, 13.8kV, 0.9PF (14849)

  	
  Time:

  	
   

  	
  12:55:18
  PM

  
	
  Fuel:

  	
   

  	
  Site
  Gas Fuel#900-1883, 21237 Btu/lb,LHV

  	
  Version:

  	
   

  	
  3.7.3

  



 


	
  Case #

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ambient Conditions

  	
   

  	
  32.1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Dry Bulb, °C

  	
   

  	
  25.7

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wet Bulb, °C

  	
   

  	
  60.4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RH,%

  	
   

  	
  36.6

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Altitude, m

  	
   

  	
  100.888

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ambient Pressure, kPa

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine Inlet

  	
   

  	
  7.8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Comp Inlet Temp, °C

  	
   

  	
  95.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  RH,%

  	
   

  	
  CHILL

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Conditioning

  	
   

  	
  2128

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Tons or kBtu/hr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Pressure Losses

  	
   

  	
  127.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet Loss, mmH2O

  	
   

  	
  101.60

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Volute Loss, mmH2O

  	
   

  	
  152.40

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Loss, mmH2O

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  47925

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kW, Gen Terms

  	
   

  	
  8638

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Est. kJ/kWh, LHV

  	
   

  	
  8815

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Guar. kJ/kWh, LHV

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel Flow

  	
   

  	
  414.0

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  GJ/hr, LHV

  	
   

  	
  8381

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kg/hr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  DLE

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOx Control

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  LPC

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SPRINT

  	
   

  	
  3976

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kg/hr

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Control Parameters

  	
   

  	
  10312

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HP Speed, RPM

  	
   

  	
  3600

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  LP Speed, RPM

  	
   

  	
  3153.8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  PS3 - CDP, kPa

  	
   

  	
  506

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  T3CRF - CDT, °C

  	
   

  	
  1126

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  T48IN, °K

  	
   

  	
  853

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  T48IN, °C

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Parameters

  	
   

  	
  447.1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Temperature, °C

  	
   

  	
  132.8

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kg/sec

  	
   

  	
  478131

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kg/hr

  	
   

  	
  102049

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Energy, KJ/s- Ref 0 °K

  	
   

  	
  63324

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Energy, KJ/s- Ref T2 °C

  	
   

  	
  1.1386

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Kj/kg-R

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Emissions
  (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  NOx mg/Nm3 Ref 15% O2

  	
   

  	
  51

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOx as NO2, kg/hr

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO mg/Nm3 Ref 15% O2

  	
   

  	
  31

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO, kg/hr

  	
   

  	
  11

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2, kg/hr

  	
   

  	
  23140

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC mg/Nm3 Ref 15% O2

  	
   

  	
  11

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC, kg/hr

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SOX as SO2, kg/hr

  	
   

  	
  0.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 

















 


Estimated
Average Engine Performance NOT FOR GUARANTEE, REFER TO PROJECT F&ID FOR
DESIGN


 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


 


	
  Performance By:

  	
   

  	
  Daniele Marcucci

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Project Info:

  	
   

  	
  BPZ Caleta Cruz Power Plant

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine:

  	
   

  	
  LM6000 PD-SPRINT

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Deck Info:

  	
   

  	
  G0125O - 8g8.scp

  	
   

  	
  Date:

  	
   

  	
  07/24/2008

  
	
  Generator:

  	
   

  	
  MEID 800LL04 60Hz, 13.8kV, 0.9PF (14849)

  	
   

  	
  Time:

  	
   

  	
  12:55:18 PM

  
	
  Fuel:

  	
   

  	
  Site Gas Fuel#900-1883, 21237 Btu/lb,LHV

  	
   

  	
  Version:

  	
   

  	
  3.7.3

  



 


	
  Case #

  	
   

  	
  100

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exh
  Wght% Wet (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  AR

  	
   

  	
  1.2465

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  N2

  	
   

  	
  73.0910

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O2

  	
   

  	
  15.5104

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2

  	
   

  	
  4.8397

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  H20

  	
   

  	
  5.3068

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SO2

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO

  	
   

  	
  0.0023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC

  	
   

  	
  0.0008

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOX

  	
   

  	
  0.0026

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ext.
  Mole% Dry (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  AR

  	
   

  	
  0.9645

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  N2

  	
   

  	
  80.6469

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O2

  	
   

  	
  14.9830

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2

  	
   

  	
  3.3992

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  H20

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SO2

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO

  	
   

  	
  0.0025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC

  	
   

  	
  0.0015

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOX

  	
   

  	
  0.0025

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Ext.
  Mole% Wet (NOT FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS)

  	
   

  
	
  AR

  	
   

  	
  0.8840

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  N2

  	
   

  	
  73.9165

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O2

  	
   

  	
  13.7326

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO2

  	
   

  	
  3.1155

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  H20

  	
   

  	
  8.3455

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  SO2

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  CO

  	
   

  	
  0.0023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  HC

  	
   

  	
  0.0014

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOX

  	
   

  	
  0.0023

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


	
   

  	
   

  	
  900-1883 (BPZ Energy)

  	
   

  
	
  Aero Energy Fuel Number

  	
   

  	
  Volume %

  	
   

  	
  Weight %

  	
   

  
	
  Hydrogen

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Methane

  	
   

  	
  97.9000

  	
   

  	
  93.6587

  	
   

  
	
  Ethane

  	
   

  	
  0.7800

  	
   

  	
  1.3986

  	
   

  
	
  Ethylene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Propane

  	
   

  	
  0.2500

  	
   

  	
  0.6574

  	
   

  
	
  Propylene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Butane

  	
   

  	
  0.1600

  	
   

  	
  0.5546

  	
   

  
	
  Butylene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Butadiene

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Pentane

  	
   

  	
  0.0500

  	
   

  	
  0.2151

  	
   

  
	
  Cyclopentane

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Hexane

  	
   

  	
  0.0300

  	
   

  	
  0.1542

  	
   

  
	
  Heptane

  	
   

  	
  0.4100

  	
   

  	
  2.4499

  	
   

  
	
  Carbon Monoxide

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Carbon Dioxide

  	
   

  	
  0.2200

  	
   

  	
  0.5774

  	
   

  
	
  Nitrogen

  	
   

  	
  0.2000

  	
   

  	
  0.3341

  	
   

  
	
  Water Vapor

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Oxygen

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Hydrogen Sulfide

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  Ammonia

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  	
  0.0000

  	
   

  
	
  kJ/kg, LHV

  	
   

  	
  49397

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kJ/Nm3, LHV

  	
   

  	
  36951

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kJ/Nm3, HHV

  	
   

  	
  40951

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  kJ/kg, HHV

  	
   

  	
  54744

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Fuel Temp, °C

  	
   

  	
  52.2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  NOx Scalar

  	
   

  	
  1.038

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Specific Gravity

  	
   

  	
  0.58

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine Exhaust

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Avg. Mol. Wt., Wet Basis

  	
   

  	
  28.3

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, ACFM

  	
   

  	
  580605

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, SCFM

  	
   

  	
  225151

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, Btu/lb

  	
   

  	
  330

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Exhaust Flow, Calories/s

  	
   

  	
  24374226

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet Flow Wet, kg/sec

  	
   

  	
  131.1

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Inlet Flow Dry, kg/sec

  	
   

  	
  130.2

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Shaft HP

  	
   

  	
  65387

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 

















 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY

  



 


Conditions for Near Field Noise
Guarantee


 


	
  1.

  	
   

  	
  Based on Arithmetic average of sound pressure levels of location
  around the package.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.

  	
   

  	
  GTG Auxiliary skids must be placed at or within 6-ft of
  each other, and within 6-ft of the turbine main unit.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.

  	
   

  	
  If Fin Fan Lube Oil Cooler is to be located broadside to
  the turbine-generator main unit, then the locatioin must be a minimum of
  25-feet away from the main unit, measuring nearest edge-to-edge. GE Energy Is
  to advise best location.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.

  	
   

  	
  If Fin Fan Lube Oil Cooler is to be located behind the
  generator end of the main unit, then the location must be a minimum distance
  of 10-ft behind the generator end of the package, and off to one side
  (Measuring nearest edge to edge), to avoid infringement on the rotor removal
  area. GE Energy is to advise best location.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5.

  	
   

  	
  Other Ancillary skids must be at least 10-ft away from any
  fin-fan lube oil cooler, measuring nearest edge-to-edge.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.

  	
   

  	
  Per unit basis.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.

  	
   

  	
  Baseload
  operation only.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy GTG packge scope of supply only, no customer
  supplied equipment is included.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.

  	
   

  	
  GE Energy GTG packge scope of supply only, GE Energy
  supplied BOP equipment is not included.

  



 

















 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY

  



 


Conditions for VOC Emissions Guarantee


 


	
  1.

  	
   

  	
  Fuel
  must meet GE specification MID-TD-000-01.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.

  	
   

  	
  The
  timing of test to coincide with lowest site ambient VOCs levels.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.

  	
   

  	
  Gas turbine must run for a minimum of 300 total fired hours
  at base load prior to testing.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.

  	
   

  	
  Gas turbine inlet and exhaust system must be free of any
  dirt,sand,mud,rust,oil or any other contaminates.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5.

  	
   

  	
  Re-testing
  (at purchaser’s expense) must be allowed, if required.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.

  	
   

  	
  GE
  receives a copy of the final test results.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.

  	
   

  	
  A
  compressor wash prior to testing is highly recommended.

  



 

















 


	
  

  	
   

  	
  GE ENERGY

  



 


Conditions for PM10 Emissions Guarantee


 


	
  1.

  	
   

  	
  Fuel
  must meet GE specification MID-TD-000-01.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  2.

  	
   

  	
  The
  timing of test to coincide with lowest site ambient particulate levels.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  3.

  	
   

  	
  Gas turbine must run for a minimum of 300 total fired hours
  at base load prior to testing.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  4.

  	
   

  	
  Combustion turbine must be run for a minimum of 300 total
  fired hours prior to any particulate testing; combustion turbine must be
  operating a

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  5.

  	
   

  	
  Gas turbine inlet and exhaust system must be free of any
  dirt,sand,mud,rust,oil or any other contaminates.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  6.

  	
   

  	
  Sampling probe internal surfaces must be made of chemically
  inert and non-catalytic material such as quartz.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  7.

  	
   

  	
  The
  filter material shall be quartz.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  8.

  	
   

  	
  Probe
  wash shall be high purity acetone per EPA Method 5.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  9.

  	
   

  	
  Re-testing
  (at purchaser’s expense) must be allowed, if required.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  10.

  	
   

  	
  GE
  receives a copy of the final test results.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  11.

  	
   

  	
  A
  compressor wash prior to testing is highly recommended.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  12.

  	
   

  	
  The area around the turbine is to be treated (e.g.sprayed
  down with water) to minimize airborne dust.

  



 






 












 


Attachment 7 - Services and
Special Conditions For On-Site Services (Technical Advisory Services Only)


 


69

















 


Services Scope of Supply


 


Seller will provide technical advisory supervision
services for the Installation and Commissioning of the combustion turbine
package.  Installation services will
include supervising the installation of the combustion turbine package by the
Owner’s construction contractor. 
Commissioning services will include flushing supervision, checkout, and
commissioning supervision of combustion turbine mechanical systems, checkout
and commissioning supervision of combustion turbine electrical systems, and
checkout and commissioning of the combustion turbine package control system.  Seller will provide all general hand tools
required for the commissioning of the unit. 
Flushing and calibration kits can also be provided at GE Energy standard
published rates.


 


The personnel required at site for the installation
and commissioning of the combustion turbine packages is as noted below.  The scope of work included in this proposal
assumes that the installation and commissioning schedule of the combustion
turbine package is not impacted by the installation and commissioning schedules
of additional balance of plant equipment that is not provided by Seller (such
as a demineralized water plant, steam turbine, gas compressors, etc.).


 


Mechanical and Controls TA – Total of 5,160 estimated
man-hours between these individuals.


 


Also included in the services quoted are the various
combustion turbine package vendors will be required to commission specific
combustion turbine package components. 
These are as noted below:


 


Generator Specialist – This individual will be
responsible for testing of the generator and commissioning of the automatic
voltage regulator system.


 


The normal workweek will be limited to 60 hours (ten (10) hours
per day for six (6) days per week). 
Standby time will be billed incremental to the hours noted above at the
effective rates at time of service.  If
the Installation and Commissioning schedule dictates longer working hour
durations then additional resources can be provided on an incremental daily
rate basis.


 


GE Energy has provided an estimate, for the field
service requirements as spelled out in this section of the proposal.  In order to provide a man hour estimate
Seller has assumed a construction schedule to arrive at the man-hour estimates
illustrated above. However, the Services will be billed at the rate at time of
service.  Should the Owner’s schedule or
the Owner’s construction contractor’s experience result in an increase in the
construction duration assumed the latest version of the enclosed Service Rates
would be applied as appropriate.


 


70

















 


SC-S1. Definitions


 


(b)                                “Technical
Advisors” or “Field Engineers” shall mean the personnel provided by the Seller
who will perform Technical Advisory or Field Engineering Services.  Technical Advisors and Field Engineers
provided by Seller shall preferably be fluent in the Spanish language.  Buyer shall have the right to request the
prompt replacement of any Technical Advisor or Field Engineer upon written
notice to Seller. All efforts will be made to have Spanish speaking TA’s.


 


(c)                                 “Technical
Advisory Services” or “Field Engineering Services” shall mean technical advice
and counsel from Technical Advisors or Field Engineers provided by the Seller
based on the Seller’s current engineering, manufacturing, installation and
operation practices as applicable to the Equipment.  Such services may include testing,
adjustment, programming and other similar services.  Technical Advisory Services or Field
Engineering Service do not include supervision or management of the Buyer’s
employees, agents, or other contractors.


 


(d)                                “Work Scope”
means the “Technical Advisory Services” or “Field Engineering Services” work
scope included in Attachment 1, Scope of Supply.


 


SC-S2.         Service Price Basis


 


The price for Technical Advisory Services is
set forth in the Technical Advisory Rate Sheet at time of service. The attached
Technical Advisory Rate sheet is for information purposes only.


 


SC-S3.         Buyer’s Obligations At The Site


 


The Buyer will render all reasonable
assistance to the Seller’s personnel at the Site, including the following
matters at the Buyer’s cost (except as may be provided in the Contract or
otherwise agreed in writing):


 


(a)                                 Designated
representative(s) to coordinate activities between the Seller, the Buyer
and the Buyer’s other contractors at the Site and to resolve procedures for
certain activities where questions might occur. 
Such coordination shall include consultation with the Seller’s
representatives prior to arrival at Site as to the scheduling of all work
associated with the Services.  The Buyer’s
representative will have immediate access to the Buyer’s warehousing and shop
facilities.


 


(b)                                All drawings
and specifications, technical information and equipment manuals required to
perform the work scope and all protective relaying and relay settings, as
appropriate.


 


(c)                                 Compressed air
and all Site utilities in the amounts, pressures, and voltages required to
perform the work scope, including adequate lighting for nightshift work.


 


(d)                                All required
parts and miscellaneous materials (e.g., bolts, nuts, gaskets, steel plates,
consumables, lube oil, hydraulic oil, etc).


 


71

















 


(e)                                 Heavy lift
equipment, hand and power tools and instruments, oxy-acetylene welding
machines. The Seller’s personnel may bring certain tools, which will remain
Seller’s property. At the Buyer’s request, the Seller may make available
certain special test or installation instruments/equipment under Seller’s
established rental provisions.


 


(f)                                   Any labor,
including labor supervision and equipment operators, that may be required in
connection with the Services.


 


(g)                                Access to lay
down space next to the equipment upon which the Services will be performed.


 


(h)                                Climate-controlled
and secure office and storage space adjacent to the work area at the Site,
including secretarial, clerical and translation assistance, copy machines,
office supplies and equipment and appropriate telecommunications, such as
international and local telephone and fax services.


 


(i)                                    Assistance in
the procurement of all necessary visas and travel documents for Seller
personnel including sponsorship, if required, of all Seller personnel to obtain
entry and resident visas as required.


 


(j)                                    Not Used.


 


(k)                                 Adequate fire
fighting equipment and services and site security, meaning the act of
safeguarding the job site against sabotage, theft, arson, or any other
dishonest or criminal act by physical means, such as guards, fencing, and
lighting.  This includes the safeguarding
of all Seller tools, consumables, equipment and parts when provided.


 


(l)                                    Personnel for
erection, calibration and similar miscellaneous activities associated with the
mechanical erection and commissioning of the Equipment.


 


SC-S4.         Health and Safety Matters; Hazardous Materials


 


The Buyer will take all necessary
precautions, at all times, for the safety of the Seller’s personnel at
Site.  This includes, but is not limited
to, instruction of the Buyer’s safety practices, proper and safe handling of
hazardous substances and protection of the Seller’s personnel from exposure
thereto, energization/de-energization of all power systems (electrical,
mechanical and hydraulic) using a safe and effective lock-out tag procedure,
and conducting periodic safety meetings during construction and start-up.


 


The Seller may, from time to time, upon
reasonable prior written notice, conduct safety audits to insure safe
conditions exist and make recommendations to the Buyer concerning same.  Neither the conduct or non-conduct of safety
audits nor the making of any recommendation by the Seller shall relieve the
Buyer of the responsibility to provide a safe place to work.  If the Seller’s personnel require medical
attention, local Buyer facilities will be made available to the Seller’s
personnel for the duration of such needs.


 


72

















 


If, in the Seller’s reasonable opinion, the
safe execution of Services at the Site is, or is apt to be, imperiled by local
conditions, the Seller may remove some or all of its personnel from the Site
and/or supervise performances of all or any part of its Services and/or
evacuate its personnel and the Buyer shall assist in said evacuation, any of
which shall be considered to be an Excusable Delay.


 


Seller recognizes that Buyer may seek
flexibility in Seller’s work schedule in order to accelerate the delivery of
Products or Services.  Seller will seek
to accommodate those requests subject to any limitations on maximum work
periods or minimum rest periods imposed by applicable law, it being understood
that Seller personnel will in any event require at least one Day of rest in any
consecutive seven-Day period, and shall work no longer than 140 hours in any
two consecutive weeks or more than 14 hours in any one Day, even where
applicable law may permit longer working periods or shorter rest periods.  With Seller’s written consent, however,
Seller personnel may in some instances work up to seven Days a week for a
maximum of 14 Days, but only to the extent permitted by applicable law and
required by the nature of the work.


 


The operation of equipment at the Site is the
responsibility of the Buyer.  If the
Buyer requires or permits the Seller’s personnel to operate equipment at the
Site, the Buyer shall indemnify and save the Seller, its employees and agents,
harmless from expense and liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees)
incurred by or imposed upon the Seller, its employees and agents, based upon
injury to persons (including death) or damage to property resulting from
operation of equipment at the Site by the Seller’s personnel, except that
caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct of Seller’s personnel.


 


To ensure adequate performance of the
Services and that the Seller’s personnel are not extended beyond their
capability, the Seller’s personnel will not be required to work on other
projects or equipment during the term of the Contract.


 


If, at the Site, the Seller encounters toxic
substances, hazardous substances or hazardous wastes (as such terms may be
defined in any statute or ordinance or regulations promulgated by any federal,
state or local governmental authority of the United States or the country of
the Site) (collectively, the “Hazardous Materials”) which require special
handling and/or disposal, the Buyer shall immediately take whatever precautions
are required to legally eliminate such hazardous conditions so that the work
under the Contract may safely proceed. 
If any such Hazardous Materials cause an increase in the Seller’s cost
of or the time required for performance of any part of the work, an equitable
adjustment shall be made in the price and schedule.  The Buyer agrees to properly dispose of all
Hazardous Materials produced or generated in the course of the Seller’s work at
the Site.  The Buyer shall indemnify the
Seller for any and all claims, damages, losses, causes of action, demands,
judgments and expenses arising out of or relating to:


 


(i)                                    the presence of any Hazardous Materials
which are present on the Site prior to the commencement of Seller’s work,


 


(ii)                                 improperly handled or disposed of by the
Buyer or


 


(iii)                              brought on to the Site or produced thereon by parties
other than the Seller.


 


73

















 


The Buyer is responsible for providing Site
security twenty-four hours a Day, seven Days a week, from first Delivery until
Turbine Completion of the last Unit.


 


SC-S5.         Miscellaneous


 


Technical Advisors and Field Engineers are
not authorized to sign Change Orders on behalf of Seller.  All Change Orders must be approved by the
Project Manager in advance of work and reduced to a written agreement pursuant
to Article 18 of the Contract.


 


In accordance with Article 6.4 of the Contract,
Buyer shall have no right to offset or backcharge hereunder, except as provided
therein.


 


INSERT
CURRENT RATE SHEET


 


74
















 


Attachment 8 - Drawing List &
Schedule


 


75





















 


	
  Drawing Title(1)

  	
   

  	
  Drawing

  Type(2)

  	
   

  	
  LD Drawings

  	
   

  	
  Group

  	
   

  	
  Submittal

  Date

  (weeks

  prior to

  RTS)(3),(4),(5)

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Main Unit

  	
   

  	
  CA

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  One
  Line Diagram, Generator

  	
   

  	
  CA

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Installation
  Foot Print, Anchor Bolt & Shear Lug Location, Main Unit

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Lift
  Arrangement

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  Shipping
  Data

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Equipment Symbols, Mechanical

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Turbine Fuel System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Turbine Lube Oil System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Generator Lube Oil System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Water Wash System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  



 






	
  (1)

  	
  Some of the above drawings may not be required on
  specific jobs.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  (2)

  	
  CA – Customer Approval

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  CI – Customer Information

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
  REF – Reference Drawings supplied with Operation
  and Maintenance Manuals

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  (3)

  	
  Custom features for specific project requirements
  may require additional time.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  (4)

  	
  Submittal time is for standard equipment and is
  shown in weeks prior to notice of RTS (Ready to Ship) date, after receipt of
  a mutually agreed upon purchase order, a fully conformed design specification
  and following completion of the post award Order Definition Meeting
  (ODM).  ODM to take place a minimum of
  10 weeks prior to first set (Group 1) of drawing due dates.

  
	
   

  	
   

  
	
  (5)

  	
  A drawing is considered submitted when uploaded to
  the www.projectnet.com site.

  



 


76

















 


	
  Drawing Title(1)

  	
   

  	
  Drawing

  Type(2)

  	
   

  	
  LD Drawings

  	
   

  	
  Group

  	
   

  	
  Submittal

  Date

  (weeks

  prior to

  RTS)(3),(4),(5)

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Ventilation& Combustion Air System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Fire Protection System CO2(6)

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Hydraulic Start System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Water Injection Pump

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Sprint System Skid

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Turbine Hydraulic System (DLE Only)

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Flow &
  Instrument Diagram, Sprint System Main Unit

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Instrumentation
  Diagram, Auxiliary Systems

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Auxiliary Skid

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Air Filter

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Sprint Skid

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Water Injection Skid

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Fire Protection Skid(6)

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Chromatograph (DLE only) (6)

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  General
  Arrangement, Fin Fan Lube Oil Cooler(6)

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  



 






	
  (6)

  	
  Supplier Drawing

  



 


77

















 


	
  Drawing Title(1)

  	
   

  	
  Drawing

  Type(2)

  	
   

  	
  LD Drawings

  	
   

  	
  Group

  	
   

  	
  Submittal

  Date

  (weeks

  prior to

  RTS)(3),(4),(5)

  	
   

  
	
  Abbr.,
  Symbols & Reference Data, Electrical

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Generator Excitation System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Diagram, Circuit Breaker Control

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic
  Diagram, Motor Control Center

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Three
  Line Diagram, Generator Metering

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Schedule,
  Motor Control Center

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Interconnect
  Plan, Electrical System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  36

  	
   

  
	
  Interconnection
  Wiring Diagram, Customer

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  
	
  Interconnect
  Cable Schedule

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  32

  	
   

  
	
  Plan &
  Elevation, 24V DC Battery System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Plan &
  Elevation, 125 V DC Battery System

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Plan &
  Elevation, Turbine Control Panel

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Plan &
  Elevation, Lineside Cubicle

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Plan &
  Elevation, Neutral Cubicle

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
  *

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  38

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Lighting & Distribution

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Vibration

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Communication

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Area
  Classification Drawing

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Area
  Classification Report

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  34

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Diagram, Discrete Control

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  



 


78

















 


	
  Drawing Title(1)

  	
   

  	
  Drawing

  Type(2)

  	
   

  	
  LD Drawings

  	
   

  	
  Group

  	
   

  	
  Submittal

  Date

  (weeks

  prior to

  RTS)(3),(4),(5)

  	
   

  
	
  Schematic,
  Diagram, Analog Control

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  Generator
  Protective Relay Settings

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  Digital
  Multi-function Meter Settings

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  Digital
  Synchronizer Settings

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  AVR
  Settings

  	
   

  	
  CI

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  30

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Lineside Cubicle

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Neutral Cubicle

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Turbine Control Panel, Control Cubicle

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Turbine Control Panel, Termination Cubicle

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Auxiliary Skid

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Generator Skid

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Turbine Skid

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Sprint Skid

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Air Filter

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Wiring
  Diagram, Fire & Gas Protection System(6)

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Nameplate
  List, Engraving Schedule and Switch Development

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Worksheet,
  Control System

  	
   

  	
  M

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


79

















 


REFERENCE DRAWINGS (Included in
Operation and Maintenance Manuals)


 


Wiring Diagrams


 


Nameplate List, Engraving Schedule, & Switch
Development


 


Fuel Control Layout


 


Worksheet, Fuel Control


 


Sequencer Layout


 


Worksheet, Distributed I/O Configuration


 


MANUALS


 


	
  I&C Manuals

  	
   

  	
  1
  month prior to shipment

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  O&M Manuals

  	
   

  	
  1
  month after shipment

  



 


NOTES:


 


1)                                     Submittal time is for
standard equipment and is shown in weeks after receipt of a mutually agreed
upon purchase order, a fully conformed design specification, and the post award
Order Definition Meeting (ODM).


 


2)                                     Submittal time is for
standard manufacturing cycles for equipment and if delivery timeframe required
is in excess of standard manufacturing cycles then submittal timeframes may be
extended.


 


3)                                     Custom designed features for
specific project requirements may require additional submittal times.


 


Some of the above drawings
may not be required on specific jobs.  A
drawing is considered submitted when uploaded to the www.projectnet.com site.


 


Drawing Quantities and Format


 


Seller places customers’
drawings on ProjectNet, a secure internet site, (www.project-net.com).  On this site the drawings can be viewed,
printed and annotated by the customer.


 


Seller provides all manuals
in CD format for convenient access and distribution.  In addition, by using web-based technology
Seller provides today’s customers with instant and secure access to their unit’s
operation and maintenance documentation with easy updates and “real time”
information.


 


80
















 


Attachment
9 - Payment Schedule


 


81

















 


PAYMENT SCHEDULE


 


	
  Payment* Date

  	
   

  	
  Unit #1

  	
   

  	
  Unit #2

  	
   

  	
  Unit #3

  	
   

  	
  Total

  	
   

  	
  Inv.

  	
   

  	
  Inv. Amounts

  	
   

  
	
  Price

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  51,465,000.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  September 26, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  5,146,500.00

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  5,146,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  October 15, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  
	
  November 15, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  2,287,333.33

  	
   

  	
  3

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  2,287,333.33

  	
   

  
	
  December 15, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  January 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  February 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  March 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  7

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  April 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  8

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  May 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  9

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  June 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  10

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  July 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  11

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  August 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  12

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  September 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  	
  13

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  3,431,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  RTS** UNIT 1 September 18 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  15

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  October 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  2,287,333.33

  	
   

  	
  14

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  2,287,333.33

  	
   

  
	
  RTS** UNIT 2 October 23 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  16

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  November 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  17

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  
	
  RTS** UNIT 3 November 27 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  18

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Totals

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  17,155,000.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  51,465,000.00

  	
   

  	
  TOT

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  51,465,000.00

  	
   

  



 






NOTE:


*Payments shall be made by wire transfer
directly to Seller’s bank using wire transfer information below.


**Payments shall be made no later than 5
Days after issuance of Notice of Readiness to Ship.


 


GE Packaged Power Inc.


Acc No 00-388615


Deutsche Bank Trust Company America


ABA No 0210010033


SWIFT: BKTRUS33


 
















 


Attachment
10 - Form of Comfort Letter


 


82

















 


Estimated Average Engine
Performance NOT FOR GUARANTEE


 


	
  

  	
  GE Energy

  



 


	
  Performance By:

  	
   

  	
  Johnny
  Metcalf

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  See Also:

  	
   

  	
  Graph
  Below Data Points

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Engine:

  	
   

  	
  LM6000
  PD-SPRINT

  	
  Date: 

  	
  9/11/2008

  
	
  Deck Info:

  	
   

  	
  G0125O -
  8g8.scp

  	
  Time: 

  	
  7:51:50 AM

  
	
  Generator:

  	
   

  	
  MEID
  800LL04 60Hz, 13.8kV, 0.9PF (14849)

  	
  Version: 

  	
  3.7.3

  
	
  Fuel:

  	
   

  	
  Site Gas
  Fuel#900-1883, 21237 Btu/lb,LHV

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


This
Deterioration model was generated using the following parameters:


 


Ambient Temp of 89.8°F, 60.4%
RH, 120.0ft., Inlet Temp of 46.0°F, 5.00 Inlet Loss, 6.00 Exhaust Loss and DLE
NOx Control at 25ppm.


 


Degradation to be applied after
200 hrs of operation up to 1000. These numbers apply only when GE operating
procedures, and fuel, water and air specifications are met.


 


NOT FOR
GUARANTEE


 


	
   

  	
   

  	
  % Degradation

  	
   

  
	
  Intervals 5 (hrs)

  	
   

  	
  Power

  	
   

  	
  Heat Rate

  	
   

  
	
  0 - 200

  	
   

  	
  0.00

  	
   

  	
  0.00

  	
   

  
	
  201 - 400

  	
   

  	
  -0.11

  	
   

  	
  0.06

  	
   

  
	
  401 - 600

  	
   

  	
  -0.17

  	
   

  	
  0.09

  	
   

  
	
  601 - 800

  	
   

  	
  -0.24

  	
   

  	
  0.12

  	
   

  
	
  801 - 1000

  	
   

  	
  -0.32

  	
   

  	
  0.15

  	
   

  



 


83

















 


Attachment 12 - Termination
Schedule


 


84

















 


Termination
Schedule


 


	
  On or
  Before the Below Date

  	
   

  	
  Unit #1

  	
   

  	
  Unit #2

  	
   

  	
  Unit #3

  	
   

  	
  Total

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  September 26, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  5,146,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  October 15, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  6,290,166.67

  	
   

  
	
  November 15, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  8,577,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  December 15, 2008

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  12,008,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  January 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  15,439,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  February 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  18,870,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  March 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  22,301,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  April 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  25,732,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  May 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  29,163,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  June 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  32,594,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  July 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  36,025,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  August 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  39,456,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  September 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  42,887,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  RTS UNIT 1 September 18
  2009

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  44,603,000.00

  	
   

  
	
  October 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  46,890,333.33

  	
   

  
	
  RTS UNIT 2 October 23
  2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  48,605,833.33

  	
   

  
	
  November 15, 2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,143,666.67

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  49,749,500.00

  	
   

  
	
  RTS UNIT 3 November 27
  2009

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  1,715,500.00

  	
   

  	
  $

  	
  51,465,000.00

  	
   

  



 

















 


Attachment 13 - Start Up and Commissioning Spares


 


85

















 


	
  P/N

  	
   

  	
  Description

  	
   

  	
  Qty

  	
   

  
	
  5VX1000

  	
   

  	
  Belt,
  Generator, Supply Fan

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  
	
  5VS1250

  	
   

  	
  Belt,
  Turbine, Exhaust Fan

  	
   

  	
  6

  	
   

  
	
  HC9600FKN13Z

  	
   

  	
  Filter
  Element, Turbine

  	
   

  	
  4

  	
   

  
	
  CONNTECT
  5000

  	
   

  	
  Waterwash
  (55 Gal Drum)

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  
	
  HC9606FKS8Z

  	
   

  	
  Filter
  Element, HP Hydraulic

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  
	
  AL1335

  	
   

  	
  50 MA Fuses

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  AL1328

  	
   

  	
  2 Amp Fuses

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  AL1310

  	
   

  	
  0.1 Amp Fuse

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  AL1269

  	
   

  	
  4 Amp Fuse

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  AL1308

  	
   

  	
  31 MA Fuse

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  P13-2582

  	
   

  	
  3 Amp Fuse

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  P13-5712

  	
   

  	
  1/4 Amp Fuse

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  226166-001

  	
   

  	
  Calibration,
  Gas Cylinder

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-3L

  	
   

  	
  Gasket,
  Flg.4”-300#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-3p

  	
   

  	
  Gasket,
  Flg.6”-300#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-3Q

  	
   

  	
  Gasket,
  Flg.8”-300#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-6D

  	
   

  	
  Gasket, Flg
  1”-600#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-6G

  	
   

  	
  Gasket,
  Flg.2”-600#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-6J

  	
   

  	
  Gasket,
  Flg.3”-600#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  CGI-6L

  	
   

  	
  Gasket,
  Flg.4”-600#

  	
   

  	
  5

  	
   

  
	
  HC9600FKD13Z

  	
   

  	
  Fuel Filter
  (Liquid)

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  
	
  ACB2442440Y1

  	
   

  	
  Filter
  Element, Turbine Hyd

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  
	
  P16-5659

  	
   

  	
  Filter
  Element, Hyd Start

  	
   

  	
  2

  	
   

  
	
  HUOO157956

  	
   

  	
  Filter
  Element, Charge Pump

  	
   

  	
  1

  	
   

  



 
















 


Attachment 14 - GE Parent Guaranty


 


86

















 


GUARANTY AGREEMENT


 


This GUARANTY AGREEMENT (the “Guaranty”) is made as of the
[Day]th day of [Month], [Year], by GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY,
a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New
York, U.S.A., with its head office situated at 3135 Easton Turnpike, Fairfield,
Connecticut 06431, U.S.A., and a place of business at 1333 West Loop South,
Houston, TX 77027 U.S.A. (herein called “Guarantor”), for the benefit of
Empressa Electrica Nueva Esperanza S.R.L., a Peruvian limited liability
partnership, with its head office situated at Av. Larco 1301 - Oficina, 1902
Torre Parque Mar, Miraflores 18, Peru (herein called “Owner”).  (Guarantor and Owner are individually
referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.)


 


RECITALS:


 


WHEREAS, GE Packaged Power, Inc., a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, U.S.A., with its head office situated at 1333 West Loop South
Houston, TX  77008 (herein called “Contractor”)
is a wholly owned affiliate of Guarantor;


 


WHEREAS, Owner has entered into an agreement
with Contractor dated September 25th, 2008 (together with the
schedules, annexes, and exhibits thereto and as the same may be amended from
time to time, herein called the “Contract”), for the supply of three (3) gas
turbine generator to be located in the vicinity of Caleta Cruz, northwestern
Peru;


 


WHEREAS, Guarantor is the ultimate parent
company of Seller and the agreement of Owner to enter into the Contract is of
substantial and material benefit to Guarantor; and


 


WHEREAS, in order to induce Owner to enter into the
Contract and pursuant to  Article 35
of the Contract which requires Seller to obtain and deliver a parent company
guaranty of Seller’s performance under the Contract, the Guarantor has agreed
to execute and deliver this Guaranty.


 


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above
premises, the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby expressly
acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:


 


1.  Guarantor unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees to Owner that in the event of Seller failing in any
respect to perform or observe any or all the terms and provisions of the
Contract, Guarantor shall immediately upon first demand in writing by Owner
perform or take such steps as are necessary to achieve performance or
observance of such terms and provisions and shall indemnify and keep
indemnified Owner against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs, charges,
and expenses howsoever arising from the said failure. This Guaranty is an
absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and
not of collection and Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are those
of primary obligor and not merely of a surety.


 


2.  The liability of Guarantor
hereunder shall not be released, reduced, affected or discharged by (i) any
alteration in the relationship between Seller and Owner which has been
consented to by Seller in writing (with or without the knowledge or consent of
Guarantor); (ii) or by any forbearance or indulgence by Owner towards
Seller or Guarantor whether as to payment, time, performance, or otherwise; (iii) any
insolvency, bankruptcy or similar occurrence of the Contractor; (iv) any
amendment, compromise, 


 


1

















 


settlement, release, change, modification, termination or waiver of or
consent to any departure from the Contract.


 


3.  Guarantor agrees to make any
payment due hereunder upon first written demand without set-off or counterclaim
and without any legal formality such as protest or notice being necessary, and
waives all privileges or rights which it may have as a guarantor, including any
right to require Owner to claim payment or to exhaust remedies against Seller
or any other person.


 


4.  The obligations of Guarantor
hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until Contractor shall have
fully discharged all of its obligations under and in accordance with the
Contract.


 


5.  Owner may assign, charge, or
transfer all or any of its right, title and interest in this Guaranty, without
Guarantor’s consent, upon such terms as Owner may think fit to any banks and
financial institutions providing credit or guaranty facilities to Owner or an
affiliate thereof in connection with the Contract and any agent or security
trustee acting on their behalf, and may otherwise assign this Guaranty under
the same conditions in which it may assign the Contract.  This Guaranty and the undertakings herein
contained shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Guarantor and
shall extend to and inure for the benefit of the successors or permitted assignees
of Owner.  No person other than Owner or
such permitted assignees as described above is intended as a beneficiary of
this Guaranty nor shall any such person have any rights hereunder.  Owner may not otherwise assign or otherwise
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder.


 


6.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary above, in the event of any claim under this Guaranty, Guarantor
shall be entitled to assert any defense, set-off or counterclaim that Seller
could assert had such claim been made directly against any person under the
Contract.


 


7. Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, protest,
demand for payment, notice of default or nonpayment.


 


8.  Guarantor waives any right to
require Owner to pursue any right or remedy first against Contractor or any
other person or entity which may be liable in respect of the guaranteed
obligations or against any collateral or guaranty thereof or right or offset
with respect thereto.


 


9.  In the event there is any
dispute under the Contract that relates to a sum being claimed under this
Guaranty, the obligations under this Guaranty related solely to such dispute,
shall be suspended pending the resolution of such dispute either by agreement
of Owner and Contractor or by non-appealable final judicial order.


 


10.  This Guaranty shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
provided that any provision of such law invalidating any provision of this
Guaranty or modifying the intent of the Parties as expressed in the terms of
this Guaranty shall not apply.


 


11.  Any legal action or
proceeding with respect to this Guaranty shall be brought in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court lacks
jurisdiction, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in New York
County.  Each of the Parties hereby
accepts and consents to, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the
aforesaid courts and appellate courts from any appeal thereof.  Each of the Parties irrevocably consents to
the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such
action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, to such Party at the address first set forth
in the Contract.  Each of the Parties
hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to
the laying of 


 


2

















 


venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or
in connection with this Guaranty brought in the courts referred to above and
hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such
court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been
brought in an inconvenient forum.


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have
caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized
representatives as of the date first written above.


 


 


	
  Empressa Electrica Nueva Esperanza S.R.L.  

  	
   

  	
  GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY  

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
   

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
   

  
									



 


3
















 


Attachment 15 - Form of
Standby Letter of Credit


 


87

















 


IRREVOCABLE
PERFORMANCE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT (REF. NO.)


 


	
  Issuing Bank:

  	
   

  	
  GE Relationship bank

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Confirming Bank:

  	
   

  	
  (no confirmation
  required if issued by a GE Relationship Bank)

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  otherwise -
  confirmation by GE Relationship bank - NY

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Amount:

  	
   

  	
  U.S. $

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Issue Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Expiration Date:

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Beneficiary:

  	
   

  	
  GE Packaged
  Power, Inc.

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  1333 West Loop South

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
  Houston, TX 77027

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Applicant: Empressa
  Electrica Nueva Esperanza

  	
   

  	
   

  



 


Gentlemen:


 


By order of our client,                               (Name and Address of Component) (hereinafter
known as “                “)
and for account of same, we hereby establish our Irrevocable Standby Letter of
Credit (“Letter of Credit”).  We hereby
authorize you to draw on  (Name &
Address of Bank) up to an aggregate amount of  (Written Amount), (USD) to be
available to (GE Packaged Power, Inc.) when accompanied by the
following documents:


 


1.               Your sight draft on
us;


 


2.               A statement
purportedly signed by a corporate officer of GE stating that:


 


“(Insert
name of Applicant)  has failed to fulfill
its contractual payment obligations in accordance with the terms of the
Contract dated (insert date) between (customer) and GE Packaged Power, Inc.
and we hereby demand payment in the amount of 
(Written Amount and Figures) ($   ) under your
Standby Letter of Credit No.               ”.
;


 


This Letter of Credit
will automatically expire on the earliest of:


 


(i)                                     The
date that the Amount of this Letter of Credit is reduced to zero;


(ii)                                  The
date this Letter of Credit is returned for cancellation;


(iii)                               DD-MM-YYYY


 


Drafts must be drawn and
presented at our office at (location) not later than (expiry date).


 

















 


The amount of any draft
drawn hereunder must be endorsed on this Letter of Credit and marked: “Drawn
under (Issuing Bank Name), Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No.        
“and indicate the date drawn.


 


All opening bank charges
including, but not limited to fees or commissions shall be for Applicant’s
account.


 


Except as far as
otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the
Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision)
International Chamber of Commerce Publications No. 500.  As to matters not covered by UCP, this Letter
of Credit shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New
York.


 


	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Authorized
  Signatures(s)

  	
   

  



 
















 


GUARANTY AGREEMENT


 


This GUARANTY AGREEMENT (the “Guaranty”) is made as of the 29th
day of September, 2008, by GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY,
a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New
York, U.S.A., with its head office situated at 3135 Easton Turnpike, Fairfield,
Connecticut 06431, U.S.A., and a place of business at 1333 West Loop South,
Houston, TX 77027 U.S.A. (herein called “Guarantor”), for the benefit of
Empresa Electrica Nueva Esperanza S.R.L., a Peruvian limited liability
partnership, with its head office situated at Av. Larco 1301 - Oficina, 1902
Torre Parque Mar, Miraflores 18, Peru (herein called “Owner”).  (Guarantor and Owner are individually
referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.)


 


RECITALS:


 


WHEREAS, GE Packaged Power, Inc., a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware, U.S.A., with its head office situated at 1333 West Loop South
Houston, TX  77008 (herein called
“Contractor”) is a wholly owned affiliate of Guarantor;


 


WHEREAS, Owner has entered into an agreement
with Contractor dated September 25th, 2008 (together with the
schedules, annexes, and exhibits thereto and as the same may be amended from
time to time, herein called the “Contract”), for the supply of three (3) gas
turbine generator to be located in the vicinity of Caleta Cruz, northwestern
Peru;


 


WHEREAS, Guarantor is the ultimate parent
company of Seller and the agreement of Owner to enter into the Contract is of
substantial and material benefit to Guarantor; and


 


WHEREAS, in order to induce Owner to enter into the
Contract and pursuant to  Article 35
of the Contract which requires Seller to obtain and deliver a parent company
guaranty of Seller’s performance under the Contract, the Guarantor has agreed
to execute and deliver this Guaranty.


 


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above
premises, the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby expressly
acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:


 


1.  Guarantor unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees to Owner that in the event of Seller failing in any
respect to perform or observe any or all the terms and provisions of the
Contract, Guarantor shall immediately upon first demand in writing by Owner
perform or take such steps as are necessary to achieve performance or
observance of such terms and provisions and shall indemnify and keep
indemnified Owner against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs, charges,
and expenses howsoever arising from the said failure. This Guaranty is an
absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of payment and performance and
not of collection and Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are those
of primary obligor and not merely of a surety.


 


2.  The liability of Guarantor
hereunder shall not be released, reduced, affected or discharged by (i) any
alteration in the relationship between Seller and Owner which has been
consented to by Seller in writing (with or without the knowledge or consent of
Guarantor); (ii) or by any forbearance or indulgence by Owner towards
Seller or Guarantor whether as to payment, time, performance, or otherwise; (iii) any
insolvency, bankruptcy or similar occurrence of the Contractor; (iv) any
amendment, compromise, 


 


1

















 


settlement, release, change, modification, termination or waiver of or
consent to any departure from the Contract.


 


3.  Guarantor agrees to make any
payment due hereunder upon first written demand without set-off or counterclaim
and without any legal formality such as protest or notice being necessary, and
waives all privileges or rights which it may have as a guarantor, including any
right to require Owner to claim payment or to exhaust remedies against Seller
or any other person.


 


4.  The obligations of Guarantor
hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until Contractor shall have
fully discharged all of its obligations under and in accordance with the
Contract.


 


5.  Owner may assign, charge, or
transfer all or any of its right, title and interest in this Guaranty, without
Guarantor’s consent, upon such terms as Owner may think fit to any banks and
financial institutions providing credit or guaranty facilities to Owner or an
affiliate thereof in connection with the Contract and any agent or security
trustee acting on their behalf, and may otherwise assign this Guaranty under
the same conditions in which it may assign the Contract.  This Guaranty and the undertakings herein
contained shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Guarantor and
shall extend to and inure for the benefit of the successors or permitted
assignees of Owner.  No person other than
Owner or such permitted assignees as described above is intended as a
beneficiary of this Guaranty nor shall any such person have any rights
hereunder.  Owner may not otherwise
assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder.


 


6.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary above, in the event of any claim under this Guaranty, Guarantor
shall be entitled to assert any defense, set-off or counterclaim that Seller
could assert had such claim been made directly against any person under the
Contract.


 


7. Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, presentment, protest,
demand for payment, notice of default or nonpayment.


 


8.  Guarantor waives any right to
require Owner to pursue any right or remedy first against Contractor or any
other person or entity which may be liable in respect of the guaranteed
obligations or against any collateral or guaranty thereof or right or offset
with respect thereto.


 


9.  In the event there is any
dispute under the Contract that relates to a sum being claimed under this
Guaranty, the obligations under this Guaranty related solely to such dispute,
shall be suspended pending the resolution of such dispute either by agreement
of Owner and Contractor or by non-appealable final judicial order.


 


10.  This Guaranty shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
provided that any provision of such law invalidating any provision of this
Guaranty or modifying the intent of the Parties as expressed in the terms of
this Guaranty shall not apply.


 


11.  Any legal action or
proceeding with respect to this Guaranty shall be brought in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court lacks
jurisdiction, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in New York
County.  Each of the Parties hereby
accepts and consents to, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the
aforesaid courts and appellate courts from any appeal thereof.  Each of the Parties irrevocably consents to
the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action
or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, to such Party at the address first set forth in the
Contract.  Each of the Parties hereby
irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the
laying of 


 


2

















 


venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or
in connection with this Guaranty brought in the courts referred to above and
hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such
court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been
brought in an inconvenient forum.


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have
caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective authorized
representatives as of the date first written above.


 


 


	
  Empressa Electrica Nueva Esperanza S.R.L.  

  	
   

  	
  GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY  

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Rafael Zoeger

  	
   

  	
  By:

  	
  /s/ Darryl Wilson

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Name:

  	
  RAFAEL ZOEGER

  	
   

  	
  Name:

  	
  Darryl Wilson

  
	
   

  	
   

  	
   

  
	
  Title:

  	
  GENERAL MANAGER

  	
   

  	
  Title:

  	
  Vice President

  
									



 


3